Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Pacific Financial Corporation

Pacific Financial Corporation

pflc · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pflc
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 234
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Pacific Financial Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2014
2014

OTCQB: PFLC 

(cid:2)

gÉ bâÜ f{tÜx{ÉÄwxÜá 

March  26, 2015 

My Fellow Shareholders: 

We delivered another solid performance in 2014, executing 
on our growth strategies, strengthening our balance sheet, 
and improving the bottom line.   

Profits increased 32% for the full year, with earnings 
growing to $4.9 million in 2014, compared to $3.7 million in 
2013. The increase in our profitability year-over-year was 
driven by increases in net interest income, an improved net 
interest margin, continued strong loan production and better 
operating efficiencies.  As a result of our successes, we 
were able to raise our annual cash dividend to 21-cents per 
share at the end of 2014, equating to a yield of more than 
3.10% at current market levels. 

Dennis(cid:2)A.(cid:2)Long(cid:2)
President(cid:2)&(cid:2)Chief(cid:2)Executive(cid:2)Officer(cid:2)

(cid:2)

2014 Accomplishments 

(cid:2)  Growing the loan portfolio with quality assets is important for our continued success, and we 

were able to organically grow loans by 12% to $563.1 million for the year.  Noninterest-bearing 
deposits also increased 14% and remained strong at 26% of total deposits. Both achievements 
were key contributors to our strong financial performance. 

(cid:2)  Our net interest income increased 14% 
to $27.0 million in 2014, from $23.8 
million in 2013, and our net interest 
margin improved 17 basis points to 
4.17%, from 4.00% a year ago. 

(cid:2)  At the same time, credit quality 

continued to improve, with the ratio of 
nonperforming assets to total assets at 
1.36% at year end, compared to 1.42% 
last year. 

800,000

Total(cid:2)Net(cid:2)Loans(cid:2)and(cid:2)Deposits
(Dollars(cid:2)in(cid:2)Millions)

600,000

544,954

548,050

548,243

400,000

465,208

478,307

451,788

607,347

635,054

554,74

504,072

200,000

0

Total(cid:2)Net(cid:2)Loans

Total(cid:2)Deposits

(cid:2)  We strategically deployed some of our 

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

excess capital this year while 
maintaining solid capital ratios, which continued to exceed regulatory requirements. 

 
 
(cid:2)

(cid:2)  Our efficiency ratio improved as a result of our ability to grow earnings within our existing 

capacity. 

Capital Ratios 

Pacific Financial 
Corporation 

Pacific Financial 
Corporation 

Well-Capitalized  
Financial Institutional Regulatory 
Guidelines 

December 31 

Total Risk-based 

Tier 1 Risk-based 

Tier 1 Leverage 

Tangible Common 
Equity 

2014 

13.61% 

12.36% 

9.80% 

8.05% 

2013 

14.11% 

12.85% 

9.83% 

7.74% 

10.0% 

6.0% 

5.0% 

n/a 

(cid:2)  As we discussed in last year’s letter, we began the year by hiring Doug Biddle as our Chief 

Financial Officer, filling the opening that Denise Portmann vacated when she was promoted to 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Bank of the Pacific, on January 1, 2014.  Doug has 
proven to be a valuable strategic business partner to our senior executive leadership team, 
and Denise has demonstrated exceptional leadership in running the bank.  

(cid:2) 

In April of 2014 Bank of the Pacific received its SBA Preferred Lender Status with the U.S. 
Small Business Administration (“SBA”).  A bank that has preferred lender status may grant 
approval of a small business loan and it is automatically approved by the SBA -- thus speeding 
funds into the borrower’s hands.  It is the highest bank designation granted by the SBA and is 
reserved only for top-tier lenders.  In 2014, the Bank originated $8.5 million in 7(a) small 
business loans, ranking 20th in the Seattle/Spokane region in number of loans funded. 

(cid:2)  The following month, we received approval to convert our loan production office (“LPO”) in 

Vancouver, Washington, into a full-service commercial banking center. The LPO was originally 
opened in March 2013, and total loans have grown to $38.0 million as of December 31, 2014.   

(cid:2) 

In August, Daniel J. Tupper, a successful business leader in the Twin Harbors region of 
Washington State, was appointed to the Board of Directors of Pacific Financial Corporation. 
Additionally, we kicked off 2015 by appointing Kristi Gundersen, a partner of Knutzen Farms, 
LP, to the Company’s Board of Directors. 

(cid:2)  Finally, and most notably, in January 2015 we expanded our presence in Oregon, with a 

seasoned commercial lending team led by Dan Ebert, Senior Vice President and Manager, 
launching a new loan production office in Salem, Oregon.  We continue to do what we do best: 
serve our communities and constituents. 

After a very successful 18 years with Pacific Financial, Dennis Long’s last day will be June 1, 2015.  
We have thoroughly enjoyed working together.  We are all very comfortable that this thriving franchise 
is in good hands and is poised to continue to do well financially. We have developed a very capable 
team of internal successors, as we continue our efforts to have Pacific Financial remain a top 
performing institution. 

 
 
(cid:2)

As we head into 2015, we are committed to investing in our strategy centered on responding to the 
needs of our customers and our communities.  At the same time, we will continue to look for ways to 
improve efficiencies while maintaining strong open communications with our shareholders.  On behalf 
of the Board of Directors and our dedicated employees, thank you for your continuing support.  Please 
join us for our annual shareholders’ meeting on Wednesday, April 29, 2015, at 7:00 p.m., Pacific Time, 
at 1101 South Boone Street, Aberdeen, Washington.  

Sincerely,  

Gary C. Forcum 
Chairman of the Board 
Pacific Financial Corporation  

Dennis A. Long 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Pacific Financial Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[This page intentionally left blank.] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

[ X ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 

[  ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

Commission File Number: 000-29829 

PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORATION 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

                                 Washington 
                     (State or other jurisdiction of 
                          incorporation or organization) 

                   91-1815009 
                       (I.R.S. Employer 
                    Identification No.) 

1101 S. Boone Street 
Aberdeen, Washington  98520-5244 
(Address of principal executive offices)  (Zip Code) 

(360) 533-8870 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  

  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  

    No 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  periods  that  the  Registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been 
subject to such requirements for the past 90 days.              Yes  

    No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data 
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or 
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  

    No 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be 
contained,  to  the  best  of  the  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes  

    No 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer  or  a  smaller  reporting 
company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
     Large accelerated filer 

Smaller Reporting Company 

Non-accelerated filer   

Accelerated filer  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes 

  No 

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2014, was $55,342,407. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock, $1.00 par value as of February 28, 2015, was 10,375,460 shares. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement filed in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 29, 2015 are incorporated 
by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K 
Table of Contents 

Part I 

Item I.     Business 

Item IA.  Risk Factors 

Item IB.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2.    Properties 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings 

Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures 

Part II   

   2 

 12 

 17 

 17 

 17 

 17 

Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   17 

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data 

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Part III    

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Part IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

SIGNATURES 

 19 

 20 

 44 

 44 

 44 

 45 

 45 

 45 

 45 

 46 

 46 

 46 

 F-47-94 

 95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I.  

ITEM 1.  Business 

Pacific Financial Corporation (the “Company” or “Pacific”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Aberdeen, Washington.  The 
Company owns one bank, Bank of the Pacific (the “Bank”), which operates in western Washington and the north coast of Oregon.  The 
Company was incorporated in the State of Washington in February, 1997, pursuant to a holding company reorganization of the Bank.   

The  Company  conducts  its  banking  business  through  the  Bank,  which  operates  17  branches  located  in  communities  in  Grays  Harbor, 
Pacific, Clark, Whatcom, Skagit and Wahkiakum counties in the state of Washington and three in Clatsop County, Oregon.  In addition, 
the  Bank  operates  loan  production  offices  in  Burlington  and  DuPont,  Washington  and,  opened  in  January  2015,  Salem,  Oregon.    The 
Company also has a residential real estate mortgage department.   

The Company's common stock is listed on the OTCQB® exchange under the symbol PFLC.  Revenue, net income and total assets for the 
Company for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 are presented below: 

PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION

(Dollars in T housands)

Revenue:

Net interest income

Non-interest income

T otal revenue

Net income

T otal assets

For Year Ended

December 31,

December 31,

December 31,

2014

2013

2012

$

$

$

27,033 $

23,800 $

8,079

35,112

9,955

33,755

4,927 $

3,731 $

24,011

9,391

33,402

4,785

744,807 $

705,039 $

643,594

For additional selected financial information, please see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” below. 

The Company is presently a reporting company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  Pacific's filings with the SEC, 
including its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, periodic current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these 
reports,  are  available  free  of  charge  through  links  from  our  website  at  http://www.bankofthepacific.com  to  the  SEC's  site  at 
http://www.sec.gov, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the SEC.  You may also access our filings with the SEC directly 
from the EDGAR database found on the SEC's website.  By making reference to our website above and elsewhere in this report, we do 
not intend to incorporate any information from our site into this report.  The Company intends to terminate its registration with the SEC 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during second quarter 2015, terminating its reporting obligations with the SEC.  

The Bank 

Bank of the Pacific was organized in 1978 and opened for business in 1979 to meet the need for a regional community bank with local 
interests to serve the small to medium-sized businesses and professionals in the coastal region of western Washington.  The Bank initially 
focused on coastal communities in western Washington, but it has expanded into the Bellingham, Washington area and, more recently, 
communities along the northern Oregon coast, Vancouver, Washington and Salem, Oregon.  Products and services offered by the Bank 
include personal and business deposit products and services and various loan and credit products as described in greater detail below. 

Deposit Products and Services 

The  Bank's  primary  sources  of  deposits  are  individuals  and  businesses  in  its  local  markets.    Bank  management  has  made  a  concerted 
effort  to  attract  deposits  in  our  local  market  areas  through  competitive  pricing  and  delivery  of  quality  products.    The  Bank  offers  a 
traditional array of deposit products, including non-interest bearing checking accounts, interest-bearing checking and savings accounts, 
money  market  accounts,  and  certificates  of  deposits.    These  accounts  earn  interest  at  rates  established  by  management  based  on 
competitive market factors and management’s strategic objectives in regards to the types or maturities of deposit liabilities from time to 
time.    Services  which  accompany  the  deposit  products  include  sweep  accounts,  wire  services,  safety  deposit  boxes,  online  banking, 
mobile banking, and cash management and other treasury management services. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Bank's deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to applicable legal limits under the Deposit 
Insurance Fund.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and is regulated by the Washington Department of 
Financial Institutions, Division of Banks (“Washington Division”), and the FDIC. 

The Bank provides 24-hour online and mobile banking to its customers with access to account balances and transaction histories, plus an 
electronic check register to make account management and reconciliation easier.  The online banking system is compatible with budgeting 
software like Intuit's Quicken® or Microsoft's Money®.  In addition, the online and mobile banking systems include the ability to transfer 
funds, make loan payments, reorder checks, and request statement reprints, provide loan calculators and allows for e-mail exchanges with 
representatives of the Bank.  Also, for a nominal fee, customers can request stop payments and pay an unlimited number of bills online.  
Through  mobile  banking,  customers  can  deposit  checks  and  conduct  certain  banking  activities  via  text  message.  These  services,  along 
with rate and other information, can be accessed through the Bank's website at http://www.bankofthepacific.com. 

In  addition  to  providing  accounts  and  services  to  local  customers,  the  Bank  utilizes  brokered  deposits  from  time  to  time,  which  are 
deposits  that  are  acquired  from  outside  the  region.    The  Bank  also  participates  in  the  Certificate  of  Deposit  Account  Registry  Service 
(“CDARS”)  which  uses  a  deposit-matching  program  to  distribute  deposit  balances  in  excess  of  insurance  or  other  limits  across 
participating banks.  Our participation in CDARS is intended to enhance our ability to attract and retain customers and increase deposits 
by providing additional FDIC coverage to customers.  Due to the nature of the placement of the funds, CDARS deposits are classified as 
“brokered deposits” by regulatory agencies.  In determining whether to take brokered deposits, the Bank considers current market interest 
rates, profitability to the Bank, and matching deposits and loan products.   

The  Company  is  not  dependent  on  any  significant  individual  customers,  entities  or  group  of  related  entities  for  deposits.  There  are  no 
deposit relationships exceeding two percent of total deposits.. 

Lending Activities 

General.    Lending  products  offered  by  the  Bank  include  real  estate  loans,  commercial  loans,  agriculture  loans,  consumer  loans,  and 
residential mortgage loans.  The majority of the Company’s loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, which include commercial 
real  estate,  residential  construction,  land  development  and  other  land  loans.    See  "Footnote  4  –  Loans"  in  the  audited  consolidated 
financial statements included under Item  15 of this report for balances in each of our lending categories as of December 31, 2014 and 
2013. 

The Bank originates loans primarily in its local markets.  Loans to borrowers outside of Washington and Oregon total $85.1 million, or 
15.1%,  of  total  loans  at  December  31,  2014.    Of  this  amount,  $32.8  million,  or  5.8%  of  total  loans,  are  government  guaranteed  loans 
purchased in the secondary market that were not originated by us.  Additionally, our loan portfolio includes $687,000 in loans purchased 
from and originated by other financial institutions, representing 0.1% of total loans.   

Underwriting and Credit Administration.  The Bank's lending activities are guided by policies that are reviewed and approved annually by 
our  board  of  directors.    These  policies  address  the  types  of  loans,  underwriting  standards,  structure  and  pricing  considerations,  and 
compliance with laws, regulations and internal lending limits.  As part of our credit administration process, we routinely engage external 
loan specialists to perform asset quality reviews.  These reviews consist of sampling loans to review individual borrower loan files for 
adherence  to  policy  and  underwriting  standards,  proper  loan  administration,  and  asset  quality.    In  addition,  the  management  executive 
committee  and  credit  administration  staff  meet  quarterly  with  loan  personnel  to  review  loan  risk  assessments  on  loans  greater  than 
$500,000 with an internal risk rating of watch or worse.  See the subheading “Classification of Loans” in this section below. 

Our  loan  policy  also  establishes  loan  approval  authorities  for  certain  officers  individually.   Loan  officer  lending  authority  ranges  from 
$5,000  to  $500,000  on  a  Total  Family  Debt  basis  (“TFD”).   Commercial  Banking  Team  Leaders  have  approval  authorities  up  to 
$1,000,000 TFD.  Credit Risk Officers approve loans up to $3,500,000 TFD.  The Chief Credit Officer approves loans up to $4,500,000 
TFD.   The  Management  Loan  Committee  (“MLC”)  approves  loans  greater  than  $4,500,000  TFD.   The  MLC  is  chaired  by  the  Chief 
Credit  Officer.   Other  members  include  the  bank’s  two  Credit  Risk  Officers,  the  Commercial  Banking  Manager  and  a  Commercial 
Banking Team Leader.  Additionally, loans with a risk rating of substandard or doubtful, with balances of $2,000,000 or more, must also 
be approved by the MLC.  The Board Loan Committee (“BLC”) meets at least quarterly to review the allowance for loan losses, summary 
of loans reviewed by the MLC, loan policy exceptions, concentration reports, key credit metrics and any loan losses.    The Bank’s legal 
lending limit was $17.0 million at December 31, 2014, however it maintains an internal lending limit of $8.5 million.  This represents the 
maximum  lending  limit  to  individual  borrowers  and  related  entities,  exceptions  from  which  are  made  judiciously.    The  Bank  does  not 
have significant loan concentrations to any individual customer, entity or group of related entities.     

The  Bank's  underwriting  policies  focus  on  assessment  of  each  borrower's  ability  to  service  and  repay  the  debt,  and  the  availability  of 
collateral to secure the loan.  Depending on the nature of the borrower and the purpose and amount of the loan, the Bank's loans may be 
secured  by  a  variety  of  collateral,  including  real  estate,  business  assets,  and  personal  assets.    The  value  of  our  collateral  is  subject  to 
change.  See the discussion under the subheading "Lending Activities—Classification of Loans" for additional information regarding our 
periodic  evaluation  of  collateral  values.    Analysis  of whether  to  make  a  loan  to a  particular  borrower  requires  consideration  of  (1)  the 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
borrower’s character, (2) the borrower’s financial condition as reflected in current financial statements, (3) the borrower’s management 
capability, (4) the borrower’s industry, and (5) the economic environment in which the loan will be repaid.  Before closing a loan, the 
Bank’s loan documentation files will include financial statements of the borrower, guarantors, endorsers and co-makers.  We seek income 
verification on loans other than homogenous non-real estate consumer loans.  Tax returns are considered an excellent source of financial 
information.  Applicable credit reports (Dunn & Bradstreet, Equifax or credit bureau reports) are also required on all loans.  Financial 
statements reviewed by third party accountants are required for commercial loans between $3 million and $5 million.  Audited financial 
statements are required on commercial credits of $5 million or more.  In addition, in instances where a borrower or guarantor maintains 
liquidity that is a material factor in loan approval, verification of that liquidity is sought. 

The  Bank  generally  requires  guarantor  support  on  commercial  real  estate  loans,  commercial  and  industrial  loans  to  entities,  where 
applicable, and certain consumer loans.  Loans to closely held corporations will normally be guaranteed by the major stockholders.  On 
occasion, we may choose to make exceptions to this policy for long-standing customers and others, which must be approved by credit 
administration.  In addition, as a policy, loans that are to legal entities  formed for the limited purpose of the business or project being 
financed require personal guarantees in support of the loan.  Similarly, the Bank's policy is not to engage in non-recourse financing on 
commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans.    Before  extending  credit  to  a  business,  the  Bank  looks  closely  at  its  evaluation  of  the 
borrower’s  management  ability,  financial  history,  including  cash  flow  of  the  borrower  and  all  guarantors  (referred  to  as  “global  cash 
flow” in our industry), and the liquidation value of the collateral. 
The Company's loan portfolio does not include permanent residential mortgage loans originated as subprime loans, “Alt-A” loans, or no 
documentation, interest only or option adjustable rate loans.   

Commercial  Lending.    The  Bank's  commercial  and  agricultural  loans  consist  primarily  of  secured  revolving  operating  lines  of  credit, 
equipment financing, accounts receivable and inventory financing and business term loans, some of which may be partially guaranteed by 
the  Small  Business  Administration  or  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture.    The  Company’s  credit  policies  determine  advance  rates 
against the different forms of collateral that can be pledged against commercial loans.  Typically, the majority of loans will be limited to a 
percentage of the underlying collateral values such as equipment, eligible accounts receivable and finished inventory.  Individual advance 
rates may be higher or lower depending upon the financial strength of the borrower, quality of the collateral and/or term of the loan. 

Commercial  Real  Estate.    The  Bank  originates  owner  occupied  and  non-owner occupied  commercial  real  estate  and  multifamily  loans 
within its primary market areas.  Underwriting standards require that commercial and multifamily real estate loans not exceed 65-80% of 
the  lower  of  appraised  value  at  origination  or  cost  of  the  underlying  collateral,  depending  upon  specific  property  type.  The  cash  flow 
coverage  to  debt  servicing  requirement  is  generally  that  annual  cash  flow  be  a  minimum  of  between  1.25-1.35  times  debt  service  for 
commercial real estate loans and 1.25 times debt service for multifamily loans.  Cash flow coverage is calculated using a market interest 
rate.  

Commercial  real  estate  and  multifamily  loans  typically  involve  a  greater  degree  of  risk  than  single-family  residential  mortgage  loans. 
Payments on loans secured by multifamily and commercial real estate properties are dependent on successful operation and management 
of the properties and repayment of these loans is affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  The Bank seeks 
to minimize these risks by scrutinizing the financial condition of the borrower, the quality and value of the collateral, and the management 
of  the  property  securing  the  loan.    In  addition,  the  Bank  reviews  the  commercial  real  estate  loan  portfolio  annually  to  evaluate  the 
performance of individual loans greater than $500,000 and for potential changes in interest rates, occupancy, and collateral values. 

Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans are loans in which less than 50% of the property is occupied by the owner and include 
loans  such  as  apartment  complexes,  hotels  and  motels,  retail  centers  and  mini-storage  facilities.    Repayment  of  non-owner  occupied 
commercial real estate loans is dependent upon the lease or resale of the subject property.  Loan amortizations range from 10 to 30 years, 
although terms typically do not exceed 10 years.  Interest rates can be either floating or fixed.  Floating rates are typically indexed to the 
prime rate or Federal Home  Loan Bank advance rates plus a defined margin.  Fixed rates are generally set for periods of three to five 
years  with  either  a  rate  reset  provision or  a payment  due  at  maturity.    Prepayment  penalties  are  often sought  on  term  commercial  real 
estate loans.  The penalties are designed to protect the Bank from refinancing of the loan during the early years of the transaction. 

Construction  Loans.   The  Bank  originates  single-family  residential  construction  loans  for  custom  homes  where  the  home  buyer  is  the 
borrower.  It  has  also  provided  financing  to  builders  for  the  construction  of  pre-sold  homes  and,  in  selected  cases,  to  builders  for  the 
construction  of  speculative  residential  property.  The  Bank  endeavors  to  limit  construction  lending  risks  through  adherence  to  specific 
underwriting guidelines and procedures.  Repayment of construction loans is dependent upon the sale of individual homes to consumers 
or in some cases to other developers.  Construction loans are generally short-term in nature and most loans mature in one to three years.  
Interest rates are usually floating and fully indexed to a short-term rate index.  The Bank's credit policies address maximum loan to value, 
cash equity requirements, inspection requirements, and overall credit strength. 

Single-Family Residential Real Estate Lending.    The majority of our one-to-four family residential loans are secured by single-family 
residences  located  in  our  primary  market  areas.  Single-family  portfolio  loans  are  generally  owner-occupied  and  our  underwriting 
standards require that loan amounts not exceed 80% of the lower of appraised value at origination or cost of the underlying collateral. 
Terms typically range from 15 to 30 years.  Repayment of these loans comes from the borrower’s personal cash flows and liquidity, and 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
collateral values are a function of residential real estate values in the markets we serve.  These loans include primary residences, second 
homes, rental homes and home equity loans and home equity lines of credit.  

Origination  and  Sales  of  Residential  Mortgage  Loans.    The  Bank  also  originates  mortgage  loans  for  sale  into  the  secondary  market.  
Commitments to sell mortgage loans are generally made during the period between the loan application and the closing of the mortgage 
loan. Most of these sale commitments are made on a “best efforts” basis whereby the Bank is only obligated to sell the mortgage if the 
mortgage loan is approved and closed. As a result, management believes that market risk is minimal.  When we sell mortgage loans, we 
sell  the  rights  to  service  the  loans  as  well  (i.e.,  collection  of  principal  and  interest  payments).    Mortgage  loans  originated  for  sale  are 
underwritten in accordance with standards of the loan purchaser, as a result, underwriting standards vary.   
Consumer.  Consumer loans and other loans represent a small percentage of total outstanding loans and include new and used auto loans, 
boat loans, and personal lines of credit. 

Classification  of  Loans.    Federal  regulations  require  that  the  Bank  periodically  evaluate  the  risks  inherent  in  its  loan  portfolios.  In 
addition, the Washington Division and the FDIC have authority to identify classified or problem loans and, if appropriate, require them to 
be reclassified. There are three classifications for classified loans: Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss. Substandard loans have one or more 
defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the deficiencies are not corrected. 
Doubtful loans have the weaknesses of loans classified as Substandard, with additional characteristics that suggest the weaknesses make 
collection or recovery in full after liquidation of collateral questionable on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values. 
There is a high possibility of loss in loans classified as Doubtful. A loan classified as Loss is considered uncollectible and of such little 
value that continued classification of the credit as a loan is not warranted. If a loan or a portion thereof is classified as Loss, it must be 
charged-off, meaning the amount of the loss is charged against the allowance for loan losses, thereby reducing that reserve. The Bank also 
classifies loans as Pass or Other Loans Especially Mentioned (“OLEM”). Pass grade loans include a range of loans from very high credit 
quality to acceptable credit quality.  These borrowers generally have strong to acceptable capital levels and consistent earnings and debt 
service capacity; however within the Pass classification certain loans are Watch rated because they have elements of risk that require more 
monitoring than other performing loans.  Some loans within the Pass category are to borrowers who are experiencing unusual operating 
difficulties, but have acceptable payment performance to date.  Overall, loans with a Pass grade show no immediate loss exposure.  Loans 
classified as OLEM are assets that continue to perform but have shown deterioration in credit quality and require closer monitoring.  

On an ongoing basis, the Bank reviews borrower financial results, collateral values, and compliance with payment terms and covenant 
requirements  in  order  to  identify  problems  in  loan  relationships.    When  management  believes  that  the  collection  of  all  or  a  portion  of 
principal and interest is no longer probable, the loan is placed on “non-accrual” status, accrual of interest is suspended, previously accrued 
interest is reversed, and interest payments are applied to principal until the Company determines that all remaining principal and interest 
can be recovered.  This may occur at any time regardless of delinquency, however it is the policy of the Bank that a loan past due 90 days 
or more and not in the process of collection be placed on non-accrual status.  Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent 
that cash payments are received until, in management’s judgment, the borrower has the ability to make contractual interest and principal 
payments, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status.  When all or a portion of the contractual cash flows are not expected to be 
collected, the loan is considered impaired.  Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial, construction and real estate 
loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the 
collateral less estimated selling costs if the loan is collateral dependent.  The Company estimates and records impairment based on the 
estimated  net  realizable  value  of  the  collateral  on  collateral  dependent  loans.    Large  groups  of  small  balance  homogeneous  loans  are 
collectively evaluated for impairment.  The Company does not make additional loans to a borrower or any related interest of the borrower 
when a loan is past due in principal or interest more than 90 days. 

The Company reviews the net realizable values of the underlying collateral for collateral dependent impaired loans on at least a quarterly 
basis.    To  determine  the  collateral  value,  management  utilizes  independent  appraisals  and  internal  evaluations.    These  valuations  are 
reviewed to determine whether an additional discount should be applied given the age of market information or other factors such as costs 
to carry and sell an asset.  Currently it is our practice to obtain new appraisals on non-performing collateral dependent loans and/or other 
real  estate  owned  (“OREO”)  semi-annually  for  land  and  every  nine  months  on  improved  property.    Based  upon  the  appraisal,  the 
Company will, if an appraisal suggests a reduced value, adjust the recorded loan balance to the lower of cost or market value (less costs to 
sell) and record a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses or designate a specific reserve within the allowance per accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States.  Generally, the Company will record the charge-off rather than designate a specific reserve. 

OREO.  OREO is property acquired in satisfaction of debts previously contracted.  It is recorded at the estimated fair value (less costs to 
sell) at the date of acquisition and any resulting write-down is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent write-downs based 
upon re-evaluation of the property are charged to non-interest expense.  Upon acquisition of a particular property, all costs incurred in 
maintaining the property are expensed. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property, however, are capitalized to 
the extent they do not result in the recorded amount exceeding the property’s net realizable value.   

Troubled Debt Restructures.  A modification of a loan constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when a borrower is experiencing 
financial  difficulty  and  the  modification  constitutes  a  concession.   There  are  various  types  of  concessions  when  modifying  a  loan, 
however, forgiveness of principal is rarely granted by the Company.  Commercial and industrial loans modified in a TDR may involve 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
term extensions, below market interest rates and/or interest-only payments wherein the delay in the repayment of principal is determined 
to be significant when all elements of the loan and circumstances are considered.  Additional collateral, a co-borrower, or a guarantor is 
often required.  Commercial mortgage and construction loans modified in a TDR often involve reducing the interest rate for the remaining 
term  of  the  loan,  extending  the  maturity  date  at  an  interest  rate  lower  than  the  current  market  rate  for  new  debt  with  similar  risk,  or 
substituting or adding a new borrower or guarantor.  Construction loans modified in a TDR may also involve extending the interest-only 
payment period for the loan.  Residential mortgage loans modified in a TDR are primarily comprised of loans where monthly payments 
are lowered to accommodate the borrowers’ financial needs.  Land loans are typically structured as interest-only monthly payments with a 
balloon payment due at maturity.  Land loans modified in a TDR typically involve extending the balloon payment by one to three years, 
and  providing  an  interest  rate  concession.    Home  equity  modifications  are  made  infrequently  and  are  uniquely  designed  to  meet  the 
specific needs of each borrower.   

TDRs are considered impaired and are reported as impaired loans.  Additionally, loans modified in a TDR are typically already on non-
accrual  status  and  partial  charge-offs  have  in  some  cases  already  been  taken  against  the  outstanding  loan  balance.   An  allowance  for 
impaired loans that have been modified in a TDR is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the 
loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the estimated fair value of the collateral, less any selling costs, if the 
loan is collateral dependent.   
See  Note  4  –  “Loans”  in  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  under  Item  15  of  this  report  for  more  information  on 
TDRs as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

PFC Statutory Trusts I and II 

PFC  Statutory  Trust  I  and  II  are  wholly  owned  subsidiary  trusts  of  the  Company  formed  to  facilitate  the  issuance  of  trust  preferred 
securities  (“TruPS”).    The  trusts  were  organized  in  December  2005  and  June  2006  in  connection  with  two  offerings  of  trust  preferred 
securities.    For  more  information  regarding  the  Company's  issuance  of  trust  preferred  securities,  see  Note  10  "Junior  Subordinated 
Debentures" to the audited consolidated financial statements included under Item 15 of this report. 

Competition 

Competition in the banking industry is significant.  Banks face a number of competitors with respect to providing banking services and 
attracting deposits.  Competition comes from both bank and non-bank sources and from both large national, regional and smaller local 
institutions.    The  Bank  competes  in  Grays Harbor  County  with well-established  thrifts which  are  headquartered  in  the  area  along with 
branches  of  large  banks  with  headquarters  outside  the  area.    The  Bank  also  competes  with  well-established  small  community  banks, 
branches of large banks, thrifts and credit unions in Pacific and Wahkiakum Counties in the state of Washington and Clatsop County in 
the state of Oregon.  In Whatcom, Clark, Thurston and Skagit Counties, Washington, and Salem, Oregon the Bank also competes with 
large regional and super-regional financial institutions that do not have a significant presence in the Company's historical market areas.  
The Company believes Whatcom, Clark and Thurston Counties, in Washington and the Salem, Oregon area provides opportunities for 
expansion, but in pursuing that expansion, it faces greater competitive challenges than it faces in its historical market areas. 

Large  financial  conglomerates  frequently  offer  multiple  financial  services,  including  deposit  services,  brokerage  and  others  and  when 
combined with technological developments such as the Internet that have reduced barriers to entry faced by companies physically located 
outside the Company's market areas, have resulted in increased competition. 

There has been significant consolidation trends among financial institutions over the last few years, and the trends may continue.  While, 
there  may  be  opportunities  for  Pacific  to  acquire  customers,  personnel,  and  perhaps  assets  or  even  branches,  the  ability  to  do  so  will 
depend  on  Pacific's  financial  condition,  as  well  as  on  its  ability  to  compete  successfully  with  other  financial  institutions  when 
opportunities  arise.    Many  competitive  institutions  have  greater  resources  and  better  access  to  capital  markets  than  we  do,  which  may 
make it difficult for us to compete successfully for growth opportunities. 

The Company has been able to maintain a competitive advantage in its historical markets as a result of its status as a local institution, 
offering products and services tailored to the needs of the community.  Further, because of the extensive experience of management in its 
market area and the business contacts of management and the Company's directors, management believes the Company can continue to 
compete effectively. 
According to the Market Share Report compiled by the FDIC, as of June 30, 2014, the Company held a deposit market share of 40.8% in 
Pacific County, 66.4% in Wahkiakum County, 28.6% in Grays Harbor County, 4.6% in Whatcom County, 1.3% in Skagit County and 
7.0% in Clatsop County (Oregon). 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2014, the Bank employed 234 full time equivalent employees.  We place a high priority on staff development.  New 
employees  are  selected  based  upon  their  technical  skills  and  customer  service  capabilities.    None  of  our  employees  are  covered  by  a 
collective  bargaining  agreement.    We  offer  a  variety  of  employee  benefits  and  management  believes  relations  with  its  employees  are 
good. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supervision and Regulation 

The  following  is  a  general  description  of  certain  significant  statutes  and  regulations  affecting  the  banking  industry.    The  laws  and 
regulations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries are primarily intended to protect depositors and borrowers of the Bank and not 
stockholders  of  the  Company.    Various  proposals  to  change  the  laws  and  regulations  governing  the  banking  industry  are  pending  in 
Congress, in state legislatures and before the various bank regulatory agencies and new or amended proposals are expected.  In the current 
economic climate and regulatory environment, the likelihood of enactment of new banking legislation and promulgation of new banking 
regulations is significantly greater than it has been in recent years.  The potential impact of new laws and regulations on the Company and 
its subsidiaries cannot be determined, but any such laws and regulations may materially affect the business and prospects of the Company 
and  its  subsidiaries.   Violation  of  the  laws and regulations  applicable  to  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  may  result  in  assessment  of 
substantial civil monetary penalties, the imposition of a cease and desist or similar order, and other regulatory sanctions, as well as private 
litigation. 

The Company 

General 

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHCA), which places the 
Company  under  the  primary  supervision  of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (the  “Federal  Reserve”).    The 
Company must file annual reports with the Federal Reserve and must provide it with such additional information as it may require.  In 
addition, the Federal Reserve periodically examines the Company and the Bank. 

Bank Holding Company Regulation 

General.    The  BHCA  restricts  the  direct  and  indirect  activities  of  the  Company  to  banking,  managing  or  controlling  banks  and  other 
subsidiaries authorized under the BHCA, and activities that are closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks.  The Company 
must obtain approval of the Federal Reserve before it: (1) acquires direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or 
bank holding company that results in total ownership or control, directly or indirectly, of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of 
voting  securities  of  such  bank  or  bank  holding  company;  (2)  merges  or  consolidates  with  another  bank  holding  company;  or  (3)  acquires 
substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company.  In acting on applications for such prior approval, the Federal Reserve 
considers  various  factors,  including,  without  limitation,  the  effect  of  the  proposed  transaction  on  competition  in  relevant  geographic  and 
product markets, and each transaction party's financial condition, managerial resources, and the convenience and needs of the communities to 
be served, including the performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act. 

Source of Strength.  Under Federal Reserve policy, the Company must act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank.  This 
means  that the  Company is required to commit, as necessary, resources  to support the Bank, and that under certain conditions,  the Federal 
Reserve  may  conclude  that certain  actions of Company,  such as payment  of cash dividends, would  constitute unsafe  and unsound banking 
practices. 

Dodd-Frank Act.  In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the 
FDIC has back-up enforcement authority over a depository institution holding company, such as the Company, if the conduct or threatened 
conduct of a holding company poses a risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, subject to certain limitations. 

Effects of Government Monetary Policy 

Banking is a business which depends on interest rate differentials.  In general, the major portions of a bank's earnings derives from the 
differences between:  (i) interest received by a bank on loans extended to its customers and the yield on securities held in its investment 
portfolio; and (ii) the interest paid by a bank on its deposits and its other borrowings (the bank's "cost of funds").  Thus, our earnings and 
growth  are  constantly  subject  to  the  influence  of  economic  conditions  generally,  both  domestic  and  foreign,  and  also  to  the  monetary, 
fiscal and related policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury.  The nature and 
timing of changes in such policies and their impact cannot be predicted. 

The Bank 

General 

The Bank, as an FDIC insured state-chartered bank, is subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC and the Washington Division.  The 
federal  laws  that  apply  to  the  Bank  regulate,  among  other  things,  the  scope  of  its  business  activities,  its  investments,  its  reserves  against 
deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds and the nature and amount of and collateral for loans.   

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
CRA.  The Community Reinvestment Act (the CRA) requires that the FDIC evaluate the Bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of its 
local community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those banks.  These 
factors  are  also  considered  in  evaluating  mergers,  acquisitions,  and  applications  to  open  a  branch  or  facility.    In  connection  with  the 
FDIC's assessment of the record of financial institutions under the CRA, it assigns a rating of either, "outstanding," "satisfactory," "needs 
to improve," or "substantial noncompliance" following an examination.  The Bank received a CRA rating of "satisfactory" during its most 
recent examination. 

Insider Credit Transactions.  Banks are also subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to 
executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, or any related interests of such persons.  Extensions of credit (i) must be made on 
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent 
than those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not covered above and who are not employees and (ii) must not 
involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.  Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and 
restrictions on overdrafts to such persons.   

FDICIA.    Under  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement  Act  of  1991  (FDICIA),  each  federal  banking  agency  has 
prescribed, by regulation, noncapital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority.  These standards cover internal 
controls, information systems, and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, 
compensation,  fees  and  benefits,  such  other  operational  and  managerial  standards  as  the  agency  determines  to  be  appropriate,  and 
standards  for  asset  quality,  earnings  and  stock  valuation.    An  institution  which  fails  to  meet  these  standards  must  develop  a  plan 
acceptable to the agency, specifying the steps that the institution will take to meet the standards.  Failure to submit or implement such a 
plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions.  Management believes that the Bank meets all such standards and, therefore, does 
not believe that these regulatory standards will materially affect the Company's business or operations. 

Safety and Soundness Standards.  The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational and managerial standards to 
promote  the  safety  and  soundness  of  federally  insured  depository  institutions.  The  guidelines  set  forth  standards  for  internal  controls, 
information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees 
and benefits, asset quality and earnings. In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and 
each  institution  is  responsible  for  establishing  its  own  procedures  to  achieve  those  goals. If  an  institution  fails  to  comply  with  any  of  the 
standards set forth in the guidelines, the institution's primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and 
maintaining  compliance.  If  an  institution  fails  to  submit  an  acceptable  compliance  plan,  or  fails  in  any  material  respect  to  implement  a 
compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to 
cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator's order is cured, the regulator may restrict the institution's rate of growth, require 
the institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator 
deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also 
constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal banking regulators, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty 
assessments.  Management of the Bank is not aware of any conditions relating to these safety and soundness standards which would require 
submission of a plan of compliance. 

Dodd-Frank Act 

On  July  21,  2010,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  was  signed  into  law  and  implements  far-reaching  changes  across  the  financial  regulatory 
landscape, including provisions that, among other things, will: 

(cid:2)  Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency within the Federal Reserve, the Bureau of 
Consumer  Financial  Protection, with broad  rule  making, supervision  and  enforcement  authority  for a  wide  range of  consumer 
protection laws that would apply to all banks and thrifts.  Smaller financial institutions, including the Bank, will be subject to the 
supervision and enforcement of their primary federal banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection 
laws. 

(cid:2)  Require  the  federal  banking  regulators  to  promulgate  new  capital  regulations  and  seek  to  make  their  capital  requirements 
countercyclical,  so  that  capital  requirements  increase  in  times  of  economic  expansion  and  decrease  in  times  of  economic 
contraction. 

(cid:2)  Provide for new disclosures and other requirements relating to executive compensation and corporate governance. 

(cid:2)  Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from deposits to average total assets minus tangible equity. 

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to ongoing rule-making.  These rules are expected to increase regulation of the financial 
services industry and impose restrictions on the ability of firms within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices.  
These rules will, as examples, impact the ability of financial institutions to charge certain banking and other fees, allow interest to be paid 
on demand deposits, impose new restrictions on lending practices and require depository institution holding companies to maintain capital 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
levels at levels not less than the levels required for insured depository institutions.  Compliance with such legislation or regulation may, 
among  other  effects,  significantly  increase  our  costs,  limit  our  product  offerings  and  operating  flexibility,  decrease  our  revenue 
opportunities, require significant adjustments in our internal business processes, and possibly require us to maintain our regulatory capital 
at levels above historical levels.   

Jumpstart Our Business Startups (“JOBS”) Act 

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law.  Among other things, the JOBS act contains provisions that reduce certain reporting 
requirements for qualifying public companies.  The JOBS Act also allows banks and bank holding companies to terminate the registration 
of  a  class  of  securities  under  Section  12(g)  and  Section  12(b)  of  the  Exchange  Act  if  such  class  is  held  of  record  by  less  than  1,200 
persons, an increase from the prior 300 person threshold.   

The Company expects to file a Form 15 to terminate the registration of its common stock under the Exchange Act in April 2015, utilizing 
the increased thresholds under the JOBS Act. 

The Volcker Rule 

On December 10, 2013, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a final rule implementing the so-called “Volcker Rule” (set forth in 
Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act). The Volcker Rule prohibits depository institutions, companies that control such institutions, bank 
holding companies, and the affiliates and subsidiaries of such banking entities, from engaging as principal for the trading account of the 
banking  entity  in  any  purchase  or  sale  of  one  or  more  covered  financial  instruments  (so-called  “proprietary  trading”)  and  imposes 
limitations upon retaining ownership interests in, sponsoring, investing in and transacting with certain investment funds, including hedge 
funds and private equity funds. Certain activities involving underwriting, risk mitigation hedging, and transactions on behalf of customers 
as a fiduciary or riskless principal are not prohibited proprietary trading, including purchases and sales of financial instruments which are 
either  obligations  of  or  issued  or  guaranteed  by  (i)  the  United  States  or  agencies  thereof;  (ii)  a  State  or  political  subdivision  including 
municipal  securities;  or  (iii)  the  FDIC.  Notwithstanding  these  permissible  activities,  no  such  activities  are  permitted  if  they  would  (i) 
involve  or  result  in  a  material  conflict  of  interest  between  the  banking  entity  and  its  clients,  customers,  or  counterparties;  (ii)  result, 
directly or indirectly, in a material exposure by the banking entity to a high-risk asset or a high-risk trading strategy; or (iii) pose a threat 
to the safety and soundness of the banking entity or to the financial stability of the United States. The effective date of the final rule has 
been extended to July 21, 2016. Neither the Company nor the Bank engages in activities prohibited by the Volcker Rule and does not 
expect the Volcker Rule to have a material impact upon the Company or the Bank.  

Deposit Insurance 

The deposits of the Bank are insured to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor through the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the 
FDIC.  All insured banks are required to pay semi-annual deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC.  A bank’s assessment is 
calculated by multiplying its assessment rate (see below) by its assessment base. A bank’s assessment base is its average consolidated 
total assets minus its average tangible equity. 

The FDIC currently assesses deposit insurance premiums on each FDIC-insured institution quarterly based on annualized rates for one of 
four risk categories applied to its deposits, subject to certain adjustments.  Each institution is assigned to one of four risk categories based 
on  its  capital,  supervisory  ratings  and  other  factors.  Well  capitalized  institutions  that  are  financially  sound  with  only  a  few  minor 
weaknesses are assigned to Risk Category I. Risk Categories II, III and IV present progressively greater perceived risks to the DIF. Under 
FDIC's current risk-based assessment rules for institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, the initial base assessment rates prior to 
adjustments range from 5 to 9 basis points for Risk Category I, 14 basis points for Risk Category II, 23 basis points for Risk Category III, 
and 35 basis points for Risk Category IV.   

Initial base assessment rates are subject to adjustments based on an institution's unsecured debt and brokered deposits, such that the total 
base assessment rates after adjustments range from 2.5 to 9 basis points for Risk Category I, 9 to 24 basis points for Risk Category II, 18 
to 33 basis points for Risk Category III, and 30 to 45 basis points for Risk Category IV.  The FDIC’s regulations include authority to 
increase or decrease total base assessment rates in the future by as much as three basis points without a formal rulemaking proceeding. 

The FDIC may make special assessments on insured depository institutions in amounts determined by the FDIC to be necessary to give it 
adequate assessment income  to repay amounts borrowed from the U.S. Treasury and other sources, or for any other purpose the FDIC 
deems necessary.   

Dividends 

Dividends from the Bank constitute the major source of liquidity for the Company, from which the Company may cover its expenses, pay 
interest on its obligations, including its debentures issued in connection with trust preferred securities, and declare and pay dividends to 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shareholders.  The amount of dividends payable by the Bank to the Company depends on the Bank's earnings and capital position, and is 
limited by federal and state laws, regulations and policies.   

Electronic Funds Transfer Act.   

The electronic Funds Transfer Act (the “EFTA”) provides a basic framework for establishing the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of 
participants in electronic funds transfer (EFT) systems.  The EFTA is implemented by the Federal Reserve's Regulation E which governs 
transfers  initiated  through  ATMs,  point-of-sale  terminals,  payroll  cards,  automated  clearinghouse  (ACH)  transactions,  telephone  bill-
payment  plans,  or  remote  banking  services.    Regulation  E  was  amended  to  require  bank  customers  in  2010  to  opt  in  (affirmatively 
consent)  to  participation  in  overdraft  service  programs  for  ATM  and  one-time  debit  card  transactions  before  overdraft  fees  may  be 
assessed  on  the  customer's  account  and  provides  an  ongoing  right  to  revoke  consent  to  participation.    For  customers  who  do  not 
affirmatively consent to overdraft service for ATM and one-time debit card transactions, a bank must provide those customers with the 
same account terms, conditions, and features that it provides to consumers who do affirmatively consent, except for the overdraft service. 

Real Estate Concentration Guidance 

Banks are subject to real estate concentration guidelines issued by federal banking agencies regarding sound risk management practices for 
concentrations in commercial real estate lending.  The particular focus is on exposure to commercial real estate loans that are dependent on the 
cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be sensitive to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed 
to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution).  The purpose of the guidance is not to limit a 
bank's commercial real estate lending but to guide banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the 
level and nature of real estate concentrations.  Real estate concentration guidelines are as follows: 

(cid:2)  Total reported loans for construction, land development and other land representing 100% or more of the bank's capital; or 

(cid:2)  Total commercial real estate loans representing 300% or more of the bank's total capital. 

The  strength  of  an  institution's  lending  and  risk  management  practices  with  respect  to  such  concentrations  will  be  taken  into  account  in 
supervisory evaluation of capital adequacy.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank was in compliance with the guidelines described above.   

Capital Adequacy 

Federal  bank  regulatory  agencies  use  capital  adequacy  guidelines  in  the  examination  and  regulation  of  bank  holding  companies  and 
banks.    If  capital  falls  below  minimum  levels,  the  bank  holding  company  or  bank  may  be  denied  approval  to  acquire  or  establish 
additional banks or non-bank businesses or to open new facilities. 

The  FDIC  and  Federal  Reserve  use  risk-based  capital  guidelines  for  banks  and  bank  holding  companies.    Risk-based  guidelines  are 
designed to make capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account 
for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid low-risk assets.  Assets and off-balance sheet items are 
assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights.  The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-
weighted  assets  and  off-balance  sheet  items.    The  guidelines  are  minimums  and  the  FDIC  or  the  Federal  Reserve  may  require  that  a 
holding company or bank, as applicable, maintain ratios in excess of the minimums, particularly organizations contemplating significant 
expansion.  Current guidelines require all bank holding companies and federally-regulated banks to maintain a minimum total risk-based 
capital  ratio  equal  to  8%,  of  which  at  least  4%  must  be  Tier  I  capital.  Tier  I  capital  for  bank  holding  companies  includes  common 
shareholders'  equity,  certain  qualifying  preferred  stock  and  minority  interests  in  equity  accounts  of  consolidated  subsidiaries,  minus 
certain deductions, including, without limitation, goodwill, other identifiable intangible assets, and certain deferred tax assets.  

The FDIC or the Federal Reserve also employ a leverage ratio, calculated as Tier I capital as a percentage of total assets minus certain 
deductions, including, without limitation, goodwill, mortgage servicing assets, other identifiable intangible assets, and certain deferred tax 
assets,  to  be used  as  a  supplement  to  risk-based guidelines.   The  principal  objective of  the  leverage ratio  is  to  constrain  the  maximum 
degree to which a bank holding company may leverage its equity capital base.  The Company must maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 
4.0%.  The Bank must maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 5.0% in order to meet the regulatory definition of “Well Capitalized”. 

Under regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, each bank holding company and bank is assigned to one of five capital 
categories depending on, among other things, its total risk-based capital ratio, Tier I risk-based capital ratio, and leverage ratio, together 
with certain subjective factors. Institutions which are deemed to be undercapitalized depending on the category to which they are assigned 
are subject to certain mandatory supervisory corrective actions.  Under these guidelines, the Company and the Bank are each considered 
well capitalized as of the end of the fiscal year. 

Effective  January  1,  2015  (with  some  changes  generally  transitioned  into  full  effectiveness  over  two  to  four  years),  the  Bank  will  be 
subject to new capital requirements adopted by the FDIC in order to implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms released by the 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision.  These  new  requirements  create  a  new  required  ratio  for  common  equity  Tier  1  (“CET1”) 
capital, increases the leverage and Tier 1 capital ratios, changes the risk-weights of certain assets for purposes of the risk-based capital 
ratios, creates an additional capital conservation buffer over the required capital ratios and changes what qualifies as capital for purposes 
of meeting these various capital requirements. Beginning in 2016, failure to maintain the required capital conservation buffer will limit 
the ability of the Bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses. 

When these new requirements to be considered well-capitalized become effective in 2015, the Bank's leverage ratio of 4% of adjusted 
total assets and total capital ratio of 8% of risk-weighted assets will remain the same; however, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement will 
increase from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets. In addition, the Bank will have to meet the new CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-
weighted assets, with CET1 consisting of qualifying Tier 1 capital less all capital components that are not considered common equity. 

For all of these capital requirements, there are a number of changes in what constitutes regulatory capital, some of which are subject to a 
two-year transition period. These changes include the phasing-out of certain instruments as qualifying capital. The Bank does not have 
any of these instruments. Under the new requirements for total capital, Tier 2 capital is no longer limited to the amount of Tier 1 capital 
included in total capital. 

Mortgage  servicing  rights,  certain  deferred  tax  assets  and  investments  in  unconsolidated  subsidiaries  over  designated  percentages  of 
common stock will be deducted from capital, subject to a two-year transition period. In addition, Tier 1 capital will include accumulated 
other comprehensive income (loss), which includes all unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities, subject 
to a two-year transition period. Because of its asset size, the Bank has the one-time option of deciding in the first quarter of 2015 whether 
to  permanently  opt-out  of  the  inclusion  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  its  capital  calculations.  The  Bank  has 
elected to opt-out of the inclusion of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in its capital calculations to reduce the impact of 
market volatility on its regulatory capital levels.  

The  new  requirements  also  include  changes  in  the  risk-weights  of  assets  to  better  reflect  credit  risk  and  other  risk  exposures.    These 
include a 150% risk weight (up from 100%) for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction 
loans  and for non-residential  mortgage  loans  that  are  90 days past due or  otherwise on non-accrual status;  a 20% (up from  0%) credit 
conversion  factor  for  the  unused  portion  of  a  commitment  with  an  original  maturity  of  one  year  or  less  that  is  not  unconditionally 
cancellable (currently set at 0%); a 250% risk weight (up from 100%) for mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets that are not 
deducted from capital; and increased risk-weights (0% to 600%) for equity exposures. 

In addition to the minimum CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios, the Bank will have to maintain a capital conservation buffer.  This buffer 
consists of additional CET1 capital equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets above the required minimum levels in order to avoid limitations 
on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses based on percentages of eligible retained income 
that could be utilized for such actions. This new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 
0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% in January 2019. 

On November 18, 2014, the FDIC adopted the Assessments Final Rule which revises the FDIC’s risk-based deposit insurance assessment 
system to reflect changes in the regulatory capital rules that are effective commencing January 1, 2015. For smaller financial institutions 
(with  total  assets  less  than  $1  billion  and  which  are  not  custodial  banks),  the  Final  Rule  revises  and  conforms  capital  ratios  and  ratio 
thresholds  to  the  new  prompt  corrective  action  capital  ratios  and  ratio  thresholds  for  “well  capitalized”  and  “adequately  capitalized” 
evaluations  which  were  adopted  by  the  federal  banking  agencies  as  part  of  the  Basel  III  capital  regulations.  Consequently,  effective 
January 1, 2015, the prompt corrective action regulations are amended to the extent described above.  Under the new standards, in order to 
be considered well-capitalized, the Bank would be required to have a CET1 ratio of 6.5% (new), a Tier 1 ratio of 8% (increased from 6%), 
a total capital ratio of 10% (unchanged) and a leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged).  A pro forma analysis of the application of these new 
capital requirements as of December 31, 2014 has been conducted on the Company and Bank.  We have determined that the Company 
and  Bank  meet  all  new  requirements,  including  the  fully  phased-in  capital  conservation  buffer  requirement,  and  would  remain  well-
capitalized even if these new requirements had been in effect on that date.  

The application of these stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, over time 
require  the  raising  of  additional  capital,  and  result  in  regulatory  actions  if  we  were  to  be  unable  to  comply  with  such  requirements. 
Implementation  of  changes  to  asset  risk  weightings  for  risk  based  capital  calculations,  items  included  or  deducted  in  calculating 
regulatory  capital  and/or  additional  capital  conservation  buffers  could  result  in  management  modifying  its  business  strategy  and  could 
limit  our  ability  to  make  distributions,  including  paying  out  dividends  or  repurchasing  shares.  Furthermore,  the  imposition  of  liquidity 
requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure 
our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Any additional changes in our regulation and oversight, in the form of 
new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, 
financial condition or prospects. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A. 

Risk Factors 

The following are material risks that management believes are specific to our business.  This should not be viewed as an all-inclusive list 
or in any particular order. 

Weak economic conditions in the market areas we serve may adversely impact our earnings and could increase the credit risk 
associated with our loan portfolio. 

Substantially all of our loans are to businesses and individuals in the states of Washington and Oregon.  A decline in the economies of our 
local market areas could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 

Although conditions have improved, any economic deterioration that affects household and or business incomes in the markets in which 
we do business could have one or more of the following adverse effects on our business: 

(cid:2)  An increase in loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures;  
(cid:2)  A decrease in the demand for loans and other fee-based products and services; 
(cid:2)  An increase or decrease in the usage of unfunded commitments; or 
(cid:2)  A decrease in the value of loan collateral, especially real estate, which in turn may reduce a customer's borrowing power and 

significantly increase our exposure to particular loans.  

A  large  percentage  of  our  loan  portfolio  is  secured  by  real  estate,  in  particular  commercial  real  estate,  and  as  a  result,  we  are 
susceptible  to  deterioration  in  the  real  estate  market  in  our  local  areas.    If  this  were  to  occur,  it  would  lead  to  increased 
delinquencies  and  related  losses  in  our  loan  portfolio,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Our current business strategy is heavily focused on commercial real estate lending, which is already a significant portion of our loans.  
This type of lending activity is generally more sensitive to regional and local economic conditions, making loss levels more difficult to 
predict.  Collateral evaluation and financial statement analysis in these types of loans requires a more detailed analysis at the time of loan 
underwriting and on an ongoing basis.  A downturn in the real estate market, could increase loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures, 
and significantly impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon any foreclosure.  Commercial real estate loans 
also typically involve higher principal amounts than other types of loans, and repayment is dependent upon income generated, or expected 
to  be  generated,  by  the  property  securing  the  loan,  which  may  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  the  economy  or  local  market 
conditions.  Commercial real estate loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the 
collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as residential real estate.  In addition, many of our commercial real estate 
loans are not fully amortizing and may require balloon payments upon maturity.  Such balloon payments may force the borrower to either 
sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default.   

A secondary market for most types of commercial real estate loans is not readily liquid, so we have less opportunity to mitigate credit risk 
by selling part or all of our interest in these loans.  As a result of these characteristics, if we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, our 
holding period of the collateral typically is longer than for residential mortgage loans.  Accordingly, charge-offs on commercial real estate 
loans may be larger as a percentage of the total principal outstanding than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.   

Future credit losses may exceed our allowance for loan losses. 

We are subject to credit risk, which is the risk of losing principal or interest due to borrowers' failure to repay loans in accordance with 
their terms.  A continued or sustained downturn in the economy or the real estate market in our market areas or a rapid change in interest 
rates would have a negative effect on borrowers' ability to repay loans and on collateral values.  This deterioration could result in losses to 
the Company in excess of the allowance for loan losses.  To the extent loans are not paid timely by borrowers, the loans are placed on 
non-accrual  status,  thereby  reducing  interest  income  or  even  requiring  reversals  of  previously  recorded  income.    To  the  extent  loan 
charge-offs exceed our financial models, increased amounts will be charged to the provision for credit losses, which would further reduce 
income. 

We may be required to increase our provision for credit losses and charge-off additional loans in the future, which could 
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded a provision for (recapture of) credit losses of $300,000, compared to ($450,000) for 
the year ended December 31, 2013. Whether or not we determine to record a provision in a particular period has a significant effect on our 
earnings. We recorded net loan charge-offs of $306,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $549,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 2013.  Past due loans represented 1.3% and 1.4% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
While  current  economic  conditions  have  improved  modestly,  we  may  experience  increased  delinquencies  and  credit  losses  if  these 
improvements  falter,  resulting  in  additional  provision  for  credit  losses  and  charge  offs  and  a  possible    material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial condition and results of operations.  Further, our portfolio contains construction and land loans and commercial and commercial 
real estate loans, all of which have a higher risk of loss than residential real estate loans. 

See "Business Overview" in Part II, Item 7 of this report for further discussion. 

We hold and acquire other real estate owned properties as part of our business, which can lead to increased operating expenses 
and vulnerability to additional declines in the market value of real estate in our areas of operations.  

We foreclose on and take title to the real estate serving as collateral for debts previously contracted as part of the problem asset resolution 
process.  OREO balances lead to increased expenses, as we incur costs to manage, maintain, improve in some cases, and dispose of our 
OREO properties.  We expect that earnings in 2015 will continue to be negatively affected, albeit to a lesser extent, by various expenses 
associated  with  OREO,  including  personnel  costs,  insurance  and  taxes,  completion  and  repair  costs,  valuation  adjustments,  and  other 
expenses associated with property ownership.  Loans currently in nonaccrual status may lead to increases in our OREO balance in the 
future, if not resolved.  At the time that we foreclose on a loan and take possession of a property we estimate the value of that property 
using third party appraisals and opinions and internal judgments.  OREO property is valued on our books at the estimated market value of 
the property, less the estimated costs to sell (or "fair value").  Upon foreclosure, a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses is recorded 
for any excess between the value of the asset on our books over its fair value.  Thereafter, we periodically reassess our judgment of fair 
value  based  on  updated  appraisals  or  other  factors,  including,  at  times,  at  the  request  of  our  regulators.    Any  further  declines  in  our 
estimate  of  fair  value  for  OREO  will  result  in  additional  charges,  with  a  corresponding  expense  in  our  statements  of  income  that  is 
recorded under the line item for "OREO Write-downs."  As such, our results of operations are vulnerable to declines in the market for 
residential and commercial real estate in the areas in which we operate.  The expenses associated with OREO and any further property 
write downs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

We face liquidity risks in the operation of our business and our funding sources may prove insufficient to support growth 
opportunities or satisfy our liabilities. 

Liquidity is crucial to the operation of the Company and the Bank.  Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to fund increases 
in  assets  or  meet payment  obligations  as  they  become  due  because  of  an  inability  to  obtain  adequate  funding  or  liquidate  assets.  For 
example, funding illiquidity may arise if we are unable to attract core deposits or are unable to renew at acceptable pricing long-term or 
short-term  borrowings.    Illiquidity  may  also  arise  if  our  regulatory  capital  levels  decrease,  our  lenders  require  additional  collateral  to 
secure our repayment obligations, or a large amount of our deposits are withdrawn. 

We rely on customer deposits and advances from the FHLB of Seattle and other borrowings to fund our operations.  Although we have 
historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances if desired, we may not be able to replace such funds in the future if our 
financial condition or the financial condition of the FHLB of Seattle were to change, or market conditions were to deteriorate.  If we are 
required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support operations, our revenues may not increase proportionately to 
cover our  costs.   In  this  case,  our net  interest  margin  would  be adversely  affected,  making  it  even more  difficult for our businesses  to 
operate profitably. 

Rapidly changing interest rate environments could reduce our net interest margin, net interest income, fee income and net 
income. 

Interest and fees on loans and securities, net of interest paid on deposits and borrowings, are a large part of our net income.  Interest rates 
are key drivers of our net interest margin and subject to many factors beyond the control of management.  As interest rates change, net 
interest income is affected.  Rapid increases in interest rates in the future could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest 
income because of mismatches in financial instrument maturities, which would result in reduced spreads between the interest rates earned 
on assets and the rates of interest paid on liabilities.  Further, substantially higher interest rates generally reduce loan demand and may 
hinder loan growth, particularly in commercial real estate lending, an important factor in the Company's revenue over the past two years.   

Gain on sale of loans held for sale represents a significant source of our non-interest income and may be adversely affected by any 
changes  in  the  programs  offered  by  secondary  market  investors  or  our  ability  to  qualify  for  such  programs,  as  well  as  by  any 
increases in market interest rates.  

The sale of residential mortgage loans classified as loans held for sale provides a significant portion of our non-interest income. Changes 
in programs applicable to the resale of residential mortgages or our eligibility to participate in such programs could materially adversely 
affect  our  results  of  operations.  Further,  in  a  rising  interest  rate  environment,  our  originations  of  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  may 
decrease,  resulting  in  fewer  loans  that  are  available  to  be  sold.  This  would  result  in  a  decrease  in  gain  on  sale  of  loans  sold  and  a 
corresponding  decrease  in  non-interest  income.  During  periods  of  reduced  loan  demand,  our  results  of  operations  may  be  further 

13 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
adversely affected if we are unable to reduce our expenses proportionately to the decline in the volume of loan originations and sales.  For 
2015, we expect residential mortgage loan demand to continue to decline to the extent that interest rates stay above prior record lows. 

We may elect or be required to seek additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed. 

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations.  In addition, 
we may elect to raise capital to support our business or to finance acquisitions, if any.  Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, 
will  depend  on  conditions  in  the  capital  markets,  economic  conditions  and  a  number  of  other  factors,  many  of  which  are  outside  our 
control,  and  on  our  financial  performance.    Accordingly,  we  cannot  assure  you  of  our  ability  to  raise  additional  capital  on  terms 
acceptable to us, or at all.  If we do raise capital, equity financing may be dilutive to existing shareholders and any debt financing may 
include covenants or other restrictions that limit our operating flexibility.  If we cannot raise additional capital when needed on favorable 
terms, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  

We operate in a highly regulated environment and changes of or increases in, or supervisory enforcement of, banking or other 
laws and regulations could adversely affect us. 

As  discussed  more  fully  in  the  section  entitled  "Supervision  and  Regulation"  in  Item  1  above,  we  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation, 
supervision and examination by federal and state banking authorities.  Additional legislation and regulations that could significantly affect 
our powers, authority and operations may be enacted or adopted in the future.  Further, regulators have significant discretion and authority 
to  prevent  or  remedy  unsafe  or  unsound  practices  or  violations  of  laws  or  regulations  in  the  performance  of  their  supervisory  and 
enforcement duties.  Any failure to comply with laws, regulations or interpretations could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies or 
damage  to  our  reputation.    Any  changes  in  applicable  regulations  or  federal,  state  or  local  legislation,  in  regulatory  policies  or 
interpretations, or in regulatory approaches to compliance and enforcement could have a substantial impact on our financial condition and 
our result of operations, for example, by leading to additional fees or taxes or restrictions on our operations.   

Recent legislation has impacted our operations, and additional legislation and rulemaking could have an adverse impact on our 
business. 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  has  significantly  changed  the  current  bank  regulatory  structure  and  will  affect  the  lending,  deposit,  investment, 
trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies.  Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act: 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

establishes the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection with broad authority to administer and enforce a new federal regulatory 
framework of consumer financial regulation; 
changes the base for deposit insurance assessments; 
introduces regulatory rate-setting for interchange fees charged to merchants for debit card transactions; 
enhances the regulation of consumer mortgage banking; and 
changes the methods and standards for resolution of troubled institutions. 

Many  of  the  provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  have  extended  implementation  periods  and  delayed  effective  dates  and  will  require 
additional rulemaking by various regulatory agencies, and many could have far reaching implications on our operations. Accordingly, we 
expect that the legislation may have a detrimental impact on revenue and expense, require the Company to change certain of its business 
practices,  increase  capital  levels  and  have  other  adverse  effects  on  our  business.    Moreover,  compliance  obligations  will  expose  us  to 
additional reputational risk in the event of noncompliance and could divert management's focus from the business of banking.   

The  short-term  and  long-term  impact  of  the  changing  regulatory  capital  requirements  and  anticipated  new  capital  rules  is 
uncertain. 

As mentioned under the heading “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1 above, effective January 1, 2015, the Company and the Bank 
will each be subject to new capital requirements under regulations adopted by the federal banking regulators to implement the Basel III 
regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.  In addition, in the current economic and regulatory environment, 
regulators of  banks  and  bank  holding  companies have  become  more  likely  to  impose  capital  requirements  that  are  more  stringent  than 
those  required  by  existing  regulations.    The  application  of  more  stringent  capital  requirements  for  the  Company  and  the  Bank  could, 
among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if 
we were unable to comply with such requirements.  Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with Basel III 
could result in our having to lengthen the terms of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid 
assets.    Implementation  of  changes  to  asset  risk  weightings  for  risk  based  capital  calculations,  and/or  additional  capital  conservation 
buffers  could  result  in  management  modifying  its  business  strategy  and  could  limit  our  ability  to  make  distributions,  including  paying 
dividends or buying back shares. Any additional changes in our regulation and oversight, in the form of new laws, rules and regulations 
could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or prospects. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We rely on dividends from the Bank for substantially all of our liquidity. 

The Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank.  The Company receives substantially all of its liquidity from dividends 
from the Bank.  These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay interest and principal on our debt, other expenses, or dividends 
on our common stock, if any.  Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the 
Company, as may the actions of regulators.  If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, it may not be able to service debt, pay 
any other obligations or pay dividends on common stock.  The Company paid a cash dividend of $0.21 and $0.20 per share for 2014 and 
2013, respectively.  

The financial services industry is very competitive. 

We face competition in attracting and retaining deposits, making loans, and providing other financial services.  Our competitors include 
other community banks, larger banking institutions, and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, government-
sponsored  enterprises,  mutual  fund  companies,  insurance  companies  and  other  non-bank  businesses.    Many  of  these  competitors  have 
substantially  greater  resources  than  we  have.    For  a  more  complete  discussion  of  our  competitive  environment,  see  "Business-
Competition" in Item 1 above.  If we are unable to compete effectively, we will lose market share, including deposits, and face a reduction 
in our income from our lending activities. 

Technology implementation problems, computer system failures or information security breaches could adversely affect us. 

Our  future  growth  prospects  will  be  highly  dependent  on  the  ability  of  the  Bank  to  implement  changes  in  technology  that  affect  the 
delivery of banking services such as the increased demand for computer access to bank accounts and the availability to perform banking 
transactions electronically. The Bank’s ability to compete will depend upon its ability to continue to adapt technology on a timely and 
cost-effective basis to meet such demands. In addition, our business and operations and those of the Bank could be susceptible to adverse 
effects  from  computer  failures,  communication  and  energy  disruption,  and  activities  such  as  fraud  of  unethical  individuals  with  the 
technological ability to cause disruptions or failures of the Bank’s data processing system. 

If there is unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client, customer or employee information, whether through a breach of our 
computer  systems  or  otherwise,  it  could  harm  our  business.    As  part  of  our  business,  we  collect,  process  and  retain  sensitive  and 
confidential client, customer and employee information. Despite the various security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems 
may be vulnerable to security breaches, computer viruses, data retention failures, human errors, or other similar events.  

We cannot be certain that the continued implementation of safeguards will eliminate the risk of vulnerability to technological difficulties 
or failures or ensure the absence of a breach of information security. The Bank will continue to rely on the services of various vendors 
who provide data processing and communication services to the banking industry. Nonetheless, if information security is compromised or 
other  technology  difficulties  or  failures  occur  at  the  Bank  or  with  one  of  our  vendors,  information  may  be  lost  or  misappropriated, 
services and operations may be interrupted and the Bank could be exposed to claims from its customers, regulatory actions, reputational 
damage, and disruptions in its operations, resulting in a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. 

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and our growth strategy involves risks that may negatively impact our 
net income. 

As part of our general growth strategy, we may acquire branches or banks and establish new branches that we believe provide a strategic 
and geographic fit with our business. We cannot predict the number, size or timing of growth opportunities. To the extent that we grow 
through acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately and profitably integrate these new assets and manage this 
growth. Acquiring other branches and businesses will involve risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including: 

(cid:2)  Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities we acquire; 
(cid:2)  Exposure to potential asset quality issues; 
(cid:2)  Difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of banks and businesses we acquire; 
(cid:2)  Potential disruption to our business; 
(cid:2)  Potential restrictions on our business resulting from the regulatory approval process; 
(cid:2)  Potential diversion of our management’s time and attention; and 
(cid:2)  The possible loss of key employees and customers of the bank and businesses we acquire. 

In addition to acquisitions, we may expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen our position in our current markets by 
opening additional de novo branches or new loan production offices. Based on our experience, we believe that it generally takes three 
years or more for new banking facilities to first achieve operational profitability, due to the impact of organization and overhead expenses 
and  the  start-up  phase  of  generating  loans  and  deposits.  To  the  extent  that  we  undertake  additional  branching  and    de  novo  bank  and 
business  formations,  we  are  likely  to  continue  to  experience  higher  operating  expenses  relative  to  operating  income  from  the  new 
operations, which may have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment of investment securities, goodwill, other intangible assets, or deferred tax assets could require charges to earnings, 
which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations. 

The Bank has $93.2 million, or 12.5% of assets, in investments and FHLB stock at December 31, 2014, and must periodically test our 
investment securities for impairment in value. In assessing whether the impairment of investment securities is other-than-temporary, we 
consider the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of 
the issuer, and the intent and ability to retain our investment in the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated 
recovery  in  fair  value  in  the  near  term.  Under  current  accounting  standards,  goodwill  is  not  amortized  but,  instead,  is  subject  to 
impairment tests on at least an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that reduce the fair value of a 
reporting unit below its carrying amount. Although we do not presently anticipate goodwill impairment charges, if we conclude that our 
goodwill  may  be  impaired,  a  non-cash  charge  for  the  amount  of  such  impairment  would  be  recorded  against  earnings.  Such  a  charge 
would have no impact on tangible capital. At December 31, 2014, we had goodwill of $12.2 million, representing approximately 16.8% of 
shareholders’ equity. 

Further, our balance sheet reflects approximately $3.2 million of net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014, recorded in other assets on 
the balance sheet, which represents differences in the timing of the benefit of deductions, credits and other items for accounting purposes 
and the benefit for tax purposes. To the extent we conclude that the value of this asset is not more likely than not to be realized, we would 
be obligated to record a valuation allowance, impacting our earnings during the period in which the valuation allowance is recorded. 
We may be subject to environmental and other liability risks associated with lending activities. 

We foreclose on and take title to real estate in the regular course of our business.  Property ownership increases our expenses due to the 
costs of managing and disposing of properties.  Although environmental site assessments are completed on properties that are considered 
an environment risk before such properties are accepted as collateral, there remains a risk that hazardous or toxic substances will be found 
on properties, in which case we may be liable for remediation costs and related personal injury and property damage and the value of the 
property may be materially reduced.  The costs and financial liabilities associated with property ownership could have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

Our common stock is not listed on a securities exchange and trading in our stock on the OTC Bulletin Board is limited, making it 
difficult for shareholders to sell shares in open-market transactions and may cause our stock price to be volatile. 

Our  common  stock  trades  in  low  trading  volumes  on  the  OTCQB  exchange  sponsored  by  OTC  Markets  under  the  trading  symbol 
"PFLC."  As a result, it may be difficult to liquidate your investment in our shares, and there may be wide fluctuations in our stock price.  
Also, because of this lack of liquidity in the market for our common stock, the quoted price of our common stock from time to time may 
not reflect its fair value as would be determined in an active trading market. 

Our directors and executive officers own a significant percentage of our common stock and this concentration of ownership could 
adversely affect our other shareholders. 

Our directors and executive officers beneficially own approximately 12.3% of our common stock.  As a result, these individuals could, as 
a  group,  exert  a  significant  degree  of  influence  over  our  management  and  affairs  and  over  matters  requiring  shareholder  approval,  in 
addition to the influence they already have as directors and executive officers.  This concentration of ownership may limit the ability of 
other  shareholders  to  influence  corporate  matters  and,  as  a  result,  we  may  take  actions  that  our  other  shareholders  do  not  view  as 
beneficial.  For example, this concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise 
discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, which could limit your ability to sell your shares at a 
premium in connection with a merger or other transaction resulting in a change in control of our company.   

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties. 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers 
and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of 
those  customers,  counterparties,  or  other  third  parties,  such  as  independent  auditors,  as  to  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  that 
information.  Reliance  on  inaccurate  or  misleading  financial  statements,  credit  reports,  or  other  financial  information  could  cause  us  to 
enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.   

Third  party  vendors  provide  key  components  of  our  business  infrastructure  such  as  internet  connections,  network  access  and  core 
application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused 
by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, 
could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise to conduct our business. Replacing these 
third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.  

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

ITEM 2. 

Properties 

The Company's administrative offices are located in Aberdeen, Washington.  The building located at 300 East Market Street is owned by 
the Bank and houses the main branch.  The administrative offices of the Bank and the Company, which are leased from an unaffiliated 
third party, are located at 1101 S. Boone Street.  

Pacific  owns  the  land  and  buildings  occupied  by  its  sixteen  branches  in  Grays  Harbor,  Pacific,  Skagit,  Whatcom  and  Wahkiakum 
Counties in Washington as well as Clatsop County in Oregon.  The remaining locations operate in leased facilities, which are leased from 
unaffiliated third parties.  The aggregate monthly lease payment for all leased space is approximately $47,000. 

In addition to the land and buildings owned by Pacific, it also owns all of its furniture, fixtures and equipment, including data processing 
equipment.    The net book value of the Company's premises and equipment was $16.3 million at December 31, 2014. 

Management  believes  that  the  facilities  are  of  sound  construction  and  in  good  operating  condition,  are  appropriately  insured  and  are 
adequately equipped for carrying on the business of the Bank. 

ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings 

The  Company  and  the  Bank  from  time  to  time  are  party  to  various  legal  proceedings  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  
Management  believes  that  there  are  no  threatened  or  pending  proceedings  against  the  Company  or  the  Bank  that  will  have  a  material 
adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.   

ITEM 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not Applicable. 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The Company's common stock is presently traded on the OTC Bulletin Board™ under the trading symbol PFLC.OB.  Historically, trading 
in our stock has been very limited and the trades that have occurred cannot be characterized as amounting to an established public trading 
market.  

The following are high and low bid prices quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board during the periods indicated.  The quotations reflect inter-
dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions: 

2014

2013

Estimate d No.

Estimate d No.

Share s Trade d

High

Low

Share s Trade d

High

Low

First Quarter

246,000

$         

6.75

$         

6.10

131,400

$         

5.50

$         

4.56

Second Quarter

61,200

$         

6.50

$         

6.07

92,300

$         

6.50

$         

5.42

T hird Quarter

175,800

$         

6.75

$         

6.06

124,600

$         

6.99

$         

5.59

Fourth Quarter

101,200

$         

6.90

$         

6.05

83,900

$         

6.75

$         

6.40

As of February 28, 2015, there were approximately 992 shareholders of record of the Company's common stock.  Computershare serves 
as the transfer agent for our common stock.   

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  declared  dividends  on  its  common  stock  in  December  2014  and  2013  in  the  amount  of  $0.21  and 
$0.20  per  share,  respectively.    The  Board  of  Directors  has  adopted  a  dividend  policy  which  is  reviewed  annually.    There  can  be  no 
assurance as to whether or when the Company will pay cash dividends again in the future. 

Under  federal  banking  law,  the  payment  of  dividends  by  the  Company  and  the  Bank  is  subject  to  capital  adequacy  requirements 
established by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC.  In addition, payment of dividends by either entity is subject to regulatory limitations.  
Under Washington general corporate law as it applies to the Company, no cash dividend may be declared or paid if, after giving effect to 
the  dividend,  the  Company  would  not  be  able  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due  or  its  liabilities  exceed  its  assets.    Payment  of 
17 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
          
            
            
          
          
          
            
 
 
 
 
dividends on the Common Stock is also affected by statutory limitations, which restrict the ability of the Bank to pay upstream dividends 
to the Company.  Under Washington banking law as it applies to the Bank, no dividend may be declared or paid in amount greater than 
net profits then available, and after a portion of such net profits have been added to the surplus funds of the Bank. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

In September 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the purchase of up to 250,000 
shares of its common stock.  There were no purchases of common stock by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2014.  The 
maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plan is 250,000 at December 31, 2014. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6.  Selected Financial Data 

The  following  selected  consolidated  five  year  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company's  audited  consolidated 
financial statements and the accompanying notes presented in this report.  Dollars are in thousands, except per share data.   

PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION

(Dollars in T housands, Except per Share Data)

December 31,

December 31,

December 31,

December 31,

December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

For Year Ended

$

$

$

$

$

27,033 $

23,800 $

24,011 $

23,685 $

300

8,079

28,155

1,730

(450)

9,955

29,502

972

(1,100)

9,391

28,417

1,300

2,500

7,614

25,648

333

4,927 $

3,731 $

4,785 $

2,818 $

$

0.48

0.48

2,178 $

0.21

$

44%

$

0.37

0.37

2,036 $

0.20

$

55%

$

0.47

0.47

2,024 $

0.20

$

42%

$

$

$

0.28

0.28

-
-
-

4.06%

4.17%

80.19%

0.68%

6.92%

3.87%

4.00%

87.40%

0.55%

5.48%

4.20%

4.34%

85.08%

0.75%

7.28%

4.03%

4.22%

81.95%

0.44%

4.55%

$

744,807 $

705,039 $

643,594 $

641,254 $

554,746

639,054

24,856

72,483

6.99%

5.68%

9.73%

1.62%

1.48%

91.54%

1.36%

496,307

607,347

23,403

67,137

6.59%

5.25%

9.52%

1.98%

1.66%

115.41%

1.42%

438,838

548,243

23,903

66,721

6.59%

5.35%

10.37%

3.37%

2.09%

61.92%

3.08%

463,766

548,050

24,644

63,270

6.25%

5.01%

9.87%

2.96%

2.34%

79.28%

3.39%

22,879

3,600

8,451

26,400

(304)

1,634

0.16

0.16

-
-
-

3.88%

4.10%

84.26%

0.25%

2.77%

644,403

455,064

544,954

35,328

59,769

5.90%

4.66%

9.28%

2.15%

2.28%

106.18%

2.57%

O pe rations Data

Net interest income

Provision (recapture) for credit losses

Non-interest income

Non-interest expense

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Ne t income

Net income per share:

Basic(cid:2)¹(cid:3)
Diluted(cid:2)¹(cid:3)

Dividends declared

Dividends declared per share

Dividends payout ratio

Pe rformance  Ratios

Interest rate spread
Net interest margin(cid:2)¹(cid:3)
Efficiency ratio(cid:2)²(cid:3)
Return on average assets

Return on average equity

Balance  She e t Data

T otal assets

Loans, net

T otal deposits

T otal borrowings

Shareholders' equity
Book value per share(cid:2)³(cid:3)
T angible book value per share(cid:2)(cid:3)(cid:3)
Equity to assets ratio

Asse t Q uality Ratios

Nonperforming loans to total loans

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

Allowance for loan losses to

nonperforming loans

Nonperforming assets to total assets

(cid:2)¹(cid:3) Net interest income divided by average earning assets
(cid:2)²(cid:3) Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income
(cid:2)³(cid:3) Shareholder equity divided by shares outstanding
(cid:2)(cid:3)(cid:3) Shareholder equity less intangibles divided by shares outstanding

19 

 
 
 
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
          
          
             
             
             
          
          
          
          
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Forward Looking Information 

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties.    These  statements  are  based  on  the  current 
beliefs  and  assumptions  of  our  management,  and  on  information  currently  available  to  them.    Forward-looking  statements  include  all 
information  concerning  our  possible  future  results  of  operations  or  other  actions,  including,  without  limitation,  as  set  forth  under 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and can frequently be identified by statements 
preceded  by,  followed  by  or  that  include  the  words  "believes,"  "expects,"  "anticipates,"  "intends,"  "plans,"  "estimates"  or  similar 
expressions.  

Any  forward-looking  statements  in  this  document  are  subject  to  risks  relating  to,  among  other  things,  the  factors  described  under  the 
heading "Risk Factors" in Item 1A below, as well as the following:  

1.  changing laws, regulations, standards, and government programs and policies, that may limit our revenue sources, significantly 
increase  our  costs,  including  compliance  and  insurance  costs,  cause  or  contribute  to  rising  interest  rates,  and  place  additional 
burdens on our limited management resources; 

2.  economic or business conditions, nationally and in the regions in which we do business, that have resulted in, and may continue 
to result in, among other things, challenges with respect to credit quality and/or reduced demand for credit and other banking 
services due to the dependency of repayment of our loans on the cash flows of the borrower and additional workout and other 
real estate owned expenses;  

3.  decreases in real estate and other asset prices, whether or not due to changes in economic conditions, that may reduce the value 

of the assets that serve as collateral for many of our loans;  

4.  competitive  pressures  among  depository  and  other  financial  institutions  that  may  impede  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain 
depositors, borrowers and other customers, retain our key employees, and/or maintain and improve our net interest margin and 
income and non-interest income, such as fee income;  

5.  a  lack  of  liquidity  in  the  market  for  our  common  stock  that  may  make  it  difficult  or  impossible  for  you  to  liquidate  your 

investment in our stock or lead to distortions in the market price of our stock; and 

6. 

integration  and  other risks  relating  to  the  opening of  our  Salem,  Oregon loan production office  that may  cost  more  or be  less 
beneficial to us than expected.  

Our  management  believes  our  forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable;  however,  you  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on  them.  
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance.  They involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions.  Many of the factors 
that will determine our future results, financial condition, and share value are beyond our ability to predict or control.  We undertake no 
obligation to update forward-looking statements. 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Pacific's audited consolidated financial statements and related 
notes appearing elsewhere in this report. 

GENERAL  

Pacific is a bank holding company providing full-service community banking through 17 branches in Washington and three branches in 
Oregon operated by its wholly owned banking subsidiary, Bank of the Pacific.  In addition, Pacific has two loan production offices in 
Washington, one loan production office in Oregon and a residential real estate mortgage department.  The principal business of the Bank 
consists of making loans to and accepting deposits from businesses and individuals. Our Bank provides full service commercial and retail 
banking,  primarily  in  its  branch  communities.  Both  our  loans  and  our  deposits  are  generated  primarily  through  strong  banking  and 
community relationships, and through management that is locally active. Our lending and investment activities are funded primarily by 
core deposits. This stable source of funding is achieved by developing strong banking relationships with customers through value-added 
product offerings, market pricing, convenience and high-touch service. 

Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from interest earning 
assets and interest expense on interest bearing liabilities.  Noninterest income, which includes service charges and fees, gain on sale of 
loans, securities gains and income from bank owned life insurance, also provides a significant contribution to our results of operations.  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our principal operating expenses, aside from interest expense, consist of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, 
professional fees, data processing, FDIC insurance premiums and the provision for credit losses.   

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW 

The following are important factors in understanding the Company financial condition and liquidity: 

(cid:2)  Total assets at December 31, 2014, increased by $39.8 million, or 5.6%, to $744.8 million compared to $705.0 million at the end 
of 2013.  Increases in loans were the primary contributors to overall asset growth, which were partially offset by decreases in 
investments,  interest  bearing  deposits  in  banks  and  loans  held  for  sale.    Total  loans  of  $563.1  million  at  December  31,  2014, 
increased $58.4 million, or 11.6%, compared to year-end 2013. 

(cid:2)  The Bank remains well capitalized with a total risk-based capital ratio of 13.52% at December 31, 2014, compared to 14.03% at 
December 31, 2013.  Tier one leverage ratio was 9.73% at December 31, 2014, compared to 9.77% at December 31, 2013.  The 
asset growth mentioned above outpaced the growth in retained earnings during 2014, resulting in the decline in capital ratios. 
The Company declared an annual cash dividend of $0.21 per share in 2014, up from $0.20 in 2013.   

(cid:2)  Non-performing  assets  (“NPAs”)  totaled  $10.1  million  at  December  31,  2014,  which  represents  1.36%  of  total  assets,  versus 
$10.0  million,  or  1.42%  of  total  assets,  at  December  31,  2013.    NPAs  are  concentrated  in  commercial  real  estate  loans  and 
related OREO, which total $7.8 million, or 76.8%, of our NPAs. 

(cid:2)  Demand  deposits,  savings,  money  market  and  certificates  of  deposits  less  than  $100,000,  increased  during  2014  by  $32.7 
million, or 6.2%, to $563.4 million and comprise 88.2% of total deposits at year-end.  The increase was driven by the Bank’s 
second  quarter  2013  acquisitions  of  three  branches  from  Sterling  Savings  Bank  (“Sterling”),  in  which  total  deposits  assumed 
were $37,634,000 and loans acquired were $3,989,000, new deposits generated from growth in commercial banking relationships 
and organic deposit growth.  The increase in deposits was mostly in commercial demand and money market accounts, coupled 
with an increase in public NOW accounts.  

The following are significant components of the Company's results of operations for 2014 as compared to 2013. 

(cid:2)  Net income for 2014 was $4.9 million, or $0.48 per diluted share, compared to net income of $3.7 million, or $0.37 per diluted 

share, in 2013.   

(cid:2) 

In  2014,  return  on  average  assets  (“ROAA”)  and  return  on  average  equity  (“ROAE”)  increased  to  0.68%  and  6.92%, 
respectively, compared to 0.55% and 5.48%, respectively, in 2013.   

(cid:2)  Net interest income increased to $27.0 million compared to $23.8 million in 2013. The Company experienced growth in loans 
during the period.   Correspondingly, net interest margin for 2014 increased 17 basis points to 4.17%, as compared to 4.00% in 
2013. 

(cid:2)  Provision for (recapture of) credit losses was $300,000 for 2014, compared to ($450,000) for 2013.  Provision expense in the 
current year was commensurate with growth in the loan portfolio during that same period.  The recapture of provision in the prior 
year was primarily the result of the continued overall improvement in credit quality, as evidenced by decreases in net charge-
offs, non-performing loans and performing loans classified as substandard or worse.  

(cid:2)  Net charge-offs totaled $306,000 during 2014 compared to $549,000 in 2013.  Loans classified as substandard or worse totaled 

$18.7 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of $5.9 million, compared to $12.8 million one year ago. 

(cid:2)  Non-interest income decreased $1.9 million to $8.1 million for 2014, primarily due to decreases in gains on sale of loans and 
investment securities.  Gains on sale of loans fell by $1.5  million to $3.7 million.  This revenue source  moderated during the 
latter  portion  of  2013  due  to  the  slowdown  in  mortgage  refinance  activity  caused  by  an  increase  in  interest  rates.    Growth  in 
annuity commission revenue, which increased to $464,000, from $320,000, partially offset the decrease.  

(cid:2)  Non-interest expense decreased $1.3 million to $28.2 million for 2014.  This decrease is primarily attributable to decreases in 
data processing and other conversion expenses associated with the acquisition of the three Sterling Bank branches in 2013 and a 
reduction in expenses associated with the holding and disposition of OREO.  

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS OVERVIEW 

The  Company’s  financial  performance  generally,  and  in  particular  the  ability  of  borrowers  to  pay  interest  on  and  repay  principal  of 
outstanding  loans  and  the  value  of  collateral  securing  those  loans,  is  highly  dependent  on  the  economy  in  our  markets.    Although 
economic conditions have improved, the Company’s future operating results and financial performance may be significantly affected by a 
return of recessionary economic conditions in the Company’s market area.   

According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the unemployment rate in Washington was 6.3% at December 31, 2014, compared to 
6.6% in 2013 and 7.6% in 2012, and in Oregon the unemployment rate was 6.7% for 2014, compared to 7.0% in 2013 and 8.4% in 2012.  
These rates compare to the national unemployment rate of 5.6% at December 31, 2014.  According to the Washington State Employment 
Security Department and the Oregon Employment Department, unemployment rates over the last three years in the principal counties in 
which we operate were as follows: 

County
Clark
Clatsop
Grays Harbor
Marion
Pacific
Skagit
Wahkiakum
Whatcom

2014
7.2%
5.9%
10.6%
6.6%
9.8%
7.6%
9.7%
6.4%

2013
7.4%
6.1%
11.6%
7.8%
10.5%
8.1%
10.4%
6.4%

2012
8.3%
7.6%
12.4%
9.2%
11.8%
9.1%
12.2%
6.9%  

All Washington counties in which the Company operates have unemployment rates greater than the state and national rates.  In addition, 
the  unemployment  rate  in  Clatsop  and  Marion  Counties  is  below  the  Oregon  state,  but  above  the  national  rate.    Overall,  the 
unemployment rate in all our markets has steadily improved over the last three years. 

Sales activity for single-family homes and condominiums has generally rebounded in 2014 within our geographic footprint.  Year over 
year changes in closed sales activity in Grays Harbor, Pacific, Skagit and Whatcom counties in Washington were 4.0%, 10.8%, -0.5%, 
and 7.3% (Runstad Center for Real Estate Research – UW), respectively, during 2014.  Home prices exhibited similar increases during the 
period. We believe the general increase was due primarily to the gradual improvement in the local economy during 2014.  Conversely, 
home prices declined in Marion and Clatsop Counties in Oregon in 2014 by 6.9% and 6.5%, respectively.  It appears an increased supply 
in active listings during the period has resulted in a current softening of prices. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America.  The financial information contained within these statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is 
based on approximate measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred.  Based on its evaluation of 
accounting policies that involve the most complex and subjective decisions and assessments, management has identified the following as 
its most critical accounting policies.  This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements 
and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere herein, as well as the related discussions of each topic in this Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis section above.  See also “Risk Factors” under Item 1A above for a discussion of certain risks faced by the Company. 

Allowance for loan losses 

The Company's allowance for loan losses methodology incorporates a variety of risk considerations, both quantitative and qualitative, in 
establishing an allowance for loan losses that management believes is appropriate at each reporting date.  Quantitative factors include the 
Company's  historical  loss  experience,  delinquency  and  charge-off  trends,  collateral  values,  changes  in  nonperforming  loans,  and  other 
factors.  Quantitative factors also incorporate known information about individual loans, including borrowers' sensitivity to interest rate 
movements.    Qualitative  factors  include  the  general  economic  environment  in  the  Company's  markets,  including  economic  conditions 
and,  in  particular,  the  state  of  certain  industries.    Size  and  complexity  of  individual  credits  in  relation  to  loan  structure,  existing  loan 
policies  and pace  of portfolio growth  are  other qualitative  factors  that  are  considered  in  the  methodology.   As  the Company  adds  new 
products  and  increases  the  complexity  of  its  loan  portfolio,  it  intends  to  enhance  its  methodology  accordingly.    A  materially  different 
amount  could  be  reported  for  the  provision  for  credit  losses  in  the  statement  of  operations  to  change  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  if 
management's assessment of the above factors were different. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill  is  initially  recorded  when  the  purchase  price  paid  for  an  acquisition  exceeds  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  net  identified 
tangible and intangible assets acquired.  Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested for impairment no less than 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
annually.  The Company has one reporting unit, the Bank, for purposes of computing goodwill.  The Company performs an annual review 
each year or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill is impaired.  The analysis of 
potential  impairment  of  goodwill  requires  a  two-step  process.  The  first  step  is  the  estimation  of  fair  value.  If  step  one  indicates  that 
impairment  potentially  exists,  the  second  step  is  performed  to  measure  the  amount  of  impairment,  if  any.  Goodwill  impairment  exists 
when the estimated fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value.  The results of the Company’s annual second quarter impairment 
test  determined  the  reporting  unit’s fair value  exceeds  its carrying value  on  the  Company’s balance sheet  and  no  goodwill  impairment 
existed.  As of December 31, 2014, management determined there were no events or circumstances which would more likely than not 
reduce  the  fair  value  of  its  reporting  unit  below  its  carrying  value.    No  assurance  can  be  given  that  the  Company  will  not  record  an 
impairment loss on goodwill in the future. 

Investment Valuation and Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment (“OTTI”) 

The  Company  records  investments  in  securities  available-for-sale  at  fair  value  and  securities  held-to-maturity  at  amortized  cost.    Fair 
value  is  determined  based  on  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  and  liabilities  traded  in  the  same  market;  quoted  prices  for  identical  or 
similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value 
drivers are observable.  Declines in fair value below amortized cost are reviewed to determine if they are other than temporary.  If the 
decline  in  fair  value  is  judged  to  be  other  than  temporary,  the  impairment  loss  is  separated  into  a  credit  and  noncredit  component.  
Noncredit losses are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) when the Company a) does not intend to sell the security or b) is not 
more  likely  than  not  it  will  be  required  to  sell  the  security  prior  to  the  security’s  anticipated  recovery.    Credit  component  losses  are 
reported in non-interest income.  The Company regularly reviews its investment portfolio to determine whether any of its securities are 
other-than-temporarily impaired.   

Valuation of OREO 

Real  estate  properties  acquired  through  foreclosure  or  by  deed-in-lieu  of  foreclosure  (OREO)  are  recorded  at  fair  value  less  estimated 
costs  to  sell.  Fair  value  is  generally  determined  by  management  based  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  third-party  appraisals  of  fair 
value  in  an  orderly  sale. Accordingly,  the valuation of OREO  is  subject  to  significant  external  and  internal  judgment. Any differences 
between  management's  assessment  of  fair value,  less  estimated  costs  to  sell,  and  the carrying value  of  the  loan  at  the  date  a particular 
property  is  transferred  into  OREO  are  charged  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  Management  periodically  reviews  OREO  values  to 
determine whether the property continues to be carried at the lower of its recorded book value or fair value, net of estimated costs to sell. 
Any  further  decreases  in  the  value  of  OREO  are  considered  valuation  adjustments  and  trigger  a  corresponding  charge  to  non-interest 
expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Expenses from the maintenance and operations of OREO are included in other non-
interest expense. 

Income Taxes 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities result from differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and 
liabilities, and are reflected at currently enacted income taxes rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities 
are expected to be realized or settled.   

The Company had net deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) of $3.2 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $4.5 million at December 31, 
2013.    The  most  significant  portions  of  the  deductible  temporary  differences  relate  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  supplemental 
executive retirement plan and loan fees/costs.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will 
be able to fully realize its DTA and therefore has not recorded a valuation allowance.   

Assessing the need for, and the amount of, a valuation allowance requires significant judgment and analysis of both positive and negative 
evidence regarding realization of the DTA.  The realization of the DTA is dependent upon the Company generating a sufficient level of 
taxable income in future periods, which can be difficult to predict.  If future taxable income should prove non-existent or less than the 
amount of temporary differences giving rise to the net DTAs within the tax years to which they may be applied, the assets will not be 
realized and net income will be reduced.  An extended period of losses could result in the Company establishing a valuation allowance 
against  its  DTA.    The  establishment  of  a  valuation  allowance  would  be  accounted  for  as  a  charge  against  income  and  could  have  a 
material effect on our results of operations in a particular period. 

OPERATING STRATEGY 

The  Company’s  vision  is  to  achieve  and  maintain  balanced  growth  in  loans  and  deposits  while  maintaining  top  peer  group  financial 
performance; to consistently exceed all internal and external customer expectations by listening, understanding and identifying customers’ 
needs; to provide timely products and services through a cost effective delivery system while maintaining customer value expectations; 
and positively impacting our community through our passion and being a model corporate citizen.   

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In order to achieve long-term growth and accomplish our long-term financial objectives, the Company seeks to successfully execute its 
long-term strategies.  Operating strategies for 2015 are as follows: 

(cid:2)  Grow  loans  and  increase  core  deposits  organically  by  increasing  our  customer  base  in  the  markets  we  serve  and  in  markets 
adjacent to our current footprint.  We will seek to capture more of each customer’s banking relationship by cross selling our loan 
and deposit products to our customers and emphasizing our local ownership and decision making authority.   

(cid:2)  Focus on improving profitability with asset growth and reductions in net overhead and controllable operating expenses through 

fiscal restraint and increased emphasis on non-interest income and efficiencies. 

(cid:2)  Mitigate exposure to increasing interest rates.  The majority of our loans are relatively short term in nature with interest rates tied 
to a market index such as the prime rate.  The substantial majority of the fixed rate residential mortgage loans we originate are 
sold in the secondary market which reduces the interest rate and credit risk associated with fixed rate residential lending.  The 
investment portfolio is made up of fixed and adjustable rate securities with durations less than five years.   

(cid:2)  Continue to improve asset quality through proactive management of problem loans, monitoring of existing performing loans, and 

selling of OREO properties. 

(cid:2)  Successfully expand on the opportunities available to garner additional profitable banking relationships through our branches and 
loan  production  offices  in  Skagit,  Thurston  and  Clark  Counties  due  to  continued  merger-related  market  disruption  in  these 
markets.  We will also look to grow our banking relationships in Oregon, capitalizing on our branch acquisition from Sterling, 
newly opened branch in Warrenton, and opening of a loan production office in Salem. 

The  degree  to  which  we  will  be  able  to  execute  on  these  strategies  will  depend  to  a  large  degree  on  the  local  and  national  economy, 
improvement in the local markets for residential real estate, limited deterioration in the credit quality of our commercial real estate loans, 
and satisfaction of all conditions to our current expansion initiatives, including receipt of any required regulatory approvals. 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 

General.  The following table presents condensed consolidated statements of income for the Company for each of the years in the three-
year period ended December 31, 2014.   

Interest and dividend income

Interest expense

Net interest income

Loan loss provision

Non-interest income

Non-interest expense

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME T AXES

PROVISION FOR INCOME T AXES

NET  INCOME

INCOME PER COMMON SHARE:

BASIC (1)
DILUT ED (2)

For the T welve      
Months Ended 
December 31, 2014

For the T welve      
Months Ended 
December 31, 2013

2014 to 2013
% 
Change

$ Change

For the T welve      
Months Ended 
December 31, 2012

2013 to 2012
% 
Change

$ Change

$

29,158

$

26,290

$

2,125

27,033

300

8,079

28,155

6,657

1,730

2,490

23,800

(450)

9,955

29,502

4,703

972

2,868

(365)

3,233

750

(1,876)

(1,347)

1,954

758

11% $

27,495

$

(1,205)

-15%

14%

-167%

-19%

-5%

42%

78%

3,484

24,011

(1,100)

9,391

28,417

6,085

1,300

(994)

(211)

650

564

1,085

(1,382)

(328)

-4%

-29%

-1%

-59%

6%

4%

-23%

-25%

$

$

$

4,927

$

3,731

$

1,196

32% $

4,785

$

(1,054)

-22%

0.48

0.48

$

$

0.37

0.37

$

$

0.11

0.11

30% $

30% $

0.47

0.47

$

$

(0.10)

(0.10)

-21%

-21%

Average common shares outstanding - basic (1)
Average common shares outstanding - diluted (2)

10,256,242

10,347,338

10,121,738

10,189,888

134,504

157,450

1%

2%

10,121,853

10,126,244

(115)

63,644

0%
1%  

Net income.  For the year ended December 31, 2014, net income was $4.9 million compared to $3.7 million in 2013.  The increase in net 
income for 2014 was primarily related to increases in net interest income due to growth in loans and a reduction in interest expense paid 
on deposits.  The decline in data processing and other conversion expenses relates to expenses associated with the acquisition of three 
Sterling branches in 2013 and a reduction in expenses associated with the disposition of OREO.    These expense reductions were partially 
offset  by  a  decline  in gain on  sale of  loans  due  to  the  slowdown  in  mortgage refinance  activity  caused by  an  increase  in  interest rates 
beginning in the latter half of 2013.   

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                        
                      
       
                        
      
                        
                      
       
                        
      
             
           
 
             
       
             
           
 
             
   
 
 
Net  income  of  $3.7  million  for  2013  was  down  from  net  income  of  $4.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.    This  was 
primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  noninterest  expenses  associated  with  the  expansion  of  loan  production  offices  and  integration  of  the 
branches purchased from Sterling.  This was offset partially by an increase in non-interest income from gain on sale of loans, ATM/Debit 
card and annuity commission fee income.  Net income in 2013 was also impacted by a reduction in recapture of provision for loan losses 
as compared to the prior period.   

Net Interest Income.  The Company derives the majority of its earnings from net interest income, which is the difference between 
interest income earned on interest earning assets and interest expense incurred on interest bearing liabilities.  The Company's net interest 
income is affected by the change in the level and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as volume 
changes.  The Company's net interest income is also affected by changes in the yields earned on assets and rates paid on liabilities, 
referred to as rate changes.  Interest rates charged on loans are affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money 
available for lending purposes and competitive factors.  Those factors are, in turn, affected by general economic conditions and other 
factors beyond the Company's control, such as federal economic policies, legislative tax policies and actions by the Federal Open Market 
Committee of the Federal Reserve (“FOMC”).  Interest rates on deposits are affected primarily by rates charged by competitors and 
actions by the FOMC. 

The FOMC heavily influences market interest rates, including deposit and loan rates offered by many financial institutions.  Also, as rates 
near zero, it becomes more difficult to match decreases in rates on interest earning assets with decreases in rates paid on interest bearing 
liabilities.    Approximately  70%  of  the  Company's  loan  portfolio  is  tied  to  short-term  rates,  and  therefore,  re-price  when  interest  rate 
changes occur.  The Company's funding sources also re-price when rates change; however, there is a meaningful lag in the timing of the 
re-pricing of deposits as compared to loans and decreases in interest rates become  less easily  matched by decreases in deposit rates as 
rates approach zero.  Because of its focus on commercial lending, the Company will continue to have a high percentage of floating rate 
loans.  Because deposit rates are near the bottom, and because the reinvestment rates on maturing securities have fallen dramatically and 
loan rates are impacted by competition for new loans, the Company anticipates that the prolonged low rate environment will continue to 
impact net interest margin in 2015. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables set forth information with regard to average balances of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and the 
resultant yields or cost, net interest income, and the net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis.  Non-accrual loans are included in gross 
loans. 

Average  Inte re st Earning Balance s:

For the Twelve Months Ended

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Average 
Balance

Interest 
Income or 
Expense

Average 
Yields or 
Rates

Average 
Balance

Interest 
Income or 
Expense

Average 
Yields or 
Rates

Average 
Balance

Interest 
Income or 
Expense

Average 
Yields or 
Rates

(Dollars in Thousands)
ASSETS:
Interest bearing certificate of deposit
Interest bearing deposits in banks
Investments - taxable
Investments - nontaxable
Federal home loan bank stock
Pacific coast bankers bank stock
Gross loans (1)
Loans held for sale
Deferred fees
     Total interest earning assets
Cash and due from banks
Bank premises and equipment (net)
Other real estate owned
Allowance for loan losses
Other assets
     Total assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

Interest-bearing deposits
Time deposits
Long term borrowings
Short term borrowings
Secured borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures

     Total interest bearing liabilities

Non-interest-bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Equity
     Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

Net interest income (3)

Net interest spread
Average yield on investments

Average yield on earning assets (2) (3)
Interest expense to earning assets
Net interest income to earning assets (2) (3)

Re conciliation of Non-GAAP me asure:
Tax Equivale nt Ne t Inte re st Income

$

$

$

$

42
47
1,269
1,258
3
30
26,871
255
-
29,775

581
1,087
215
1

-
241

2,125

2,727 $
20,326
63,312
29,514
2,962
266
536,971
7,026
(1,123)
661,981
13,201
16,633
1,658
(8,327)
40,679
725,825

344,084 $
122,002
10,591
150
-
13,403

490,230

158,697
5,710
71,188
725,825

1.54% $
0.23%
2.00%
4.26%
0.10%
11.28%
5.00%
3.63%
0.00%
4.50%

$

0.17% $
0.89%
2.03%
0.67%
0.00%
1.80%
0.43%

$

29
85
778
1,508
2

-
24,302
312
-
27,016

699
1,321
214
9

-
247

2,490

2,309 $
36,539
53,505
32,650
3,078
-
477,356
9,302
(1,034)
613,705
11,637
15,831
4,030
(9,065)
40,908
677,046

316,184 $
135,447
9,745
304
-
13,403

475,083

129,218
4,688
68,057
677,046

1.26% $
0.23%
1.45%
4.62%
0.06%
0.00%
5.09%
3.35%
0.00%
4.40%

$

0.22% $
0.98%
2.20%
0.00%
0.00%
1.84%
0.52%

$

2,985 $
29,104
29,993
27,590
3,173
-
466,943
12,950
(857)
571,881
10,751
14,753
6,880
(11,022)
42,427
635,670

288,984
144,486
7,803
2,697
448
13,403

457,821

107,048
5,058
65,743
635,670

12
72
770
1,525
-
-
25,461
492
-
28,332

1,084
1,798
217
79
20
286

3,484

$

27,650

$

24,526

$

24,848

4.07%
2.72%

4.50%
0.33%
4.18%

3.88%
2.65%

4.40%
0.42%
4.00%

0.40%
0.25%
2.57%
5.53%
0.00%
0.00%
5.45%
3.80%
0.00%
4.95%

0.38%
1.24%
2.78%
2.93%
4.46%
2.13%
0.76%

4.19%
3.99%

4.95%
0.61%
4.34%

Net interest income
Tax equivalent adjustment for municipal loan interest
Tax equivalent adjustment for municipal bond interest
Tax equivalent net interest income

$

$

27,033
189
428
27,650

$

$

23,800
213
513
24,526

$

$

24,011
318
519
24,848

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited.
Management believes that presentation of this non-GAAP measure provides useful information frequently used by shareholders in the evaluation of a company.
Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP.
(1) Non-accrual loans of approximately $8.7 million at 12/31/14, $7.2 million for 12/31/13, and $15.1 million for 12/31/2012 are included in the average loan balances.
(2) Loan interest income includes loan fee income of $679,000, $547,000, and $569,000 for the twelve months ended 12/31/2014, 12/31/2013, and 12/31/12, respectively.
(3) T ax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a 34% effective rate.  T he amount of such adjustment was an addition to recorded pre-tax income 
of $617,000, $726,000, $837,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased from the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.  This 
increase was primarily due to the growth in earning assets, along with changes in the balance sheet mix.  Loan balances increased due to 
the production generated predominately in our Washington and Oregon markets.  Investment securities and interest bearing deposits in 
banks decreased as a proportion of the balance sheet, due to the strong loan demand during the current year.  Funding costs have declined 
over the year due to the shift in mix toward non-interest bearing demand and lower-cost deposits, and continued historically low interest 
rates. 

As  a  result,  net  interest  margin  improved  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  the 
improvement in the yield on earning assets and a decline in the cost of liabilities.  This was because higher-yielding loans increased as a 
proportion of earning assets during 2014.   The improvement in yields on investment securities also enhanced net interest margin for the 

26 

 
                  
                  
             
                  
                  
             
             
                  
                  
             
                  
             
 
 
 
twelve months ending December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013. This was primarily the result of redeploying lower 
yielding cash-equivalents into higher-yielding federal government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities. 

In addition, a decline in the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities and an increase of the proportion of funding coming from non-interest 
bearing  deposits  contributed  to  a  decline  in  the  cost  of  liabilities,  thus  resulting  in  an  improvement  of  net  interest  margin  in  2014  as 
compared to 2013. 

Net  interest  income  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2013  decreased  from  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2012.     
While  the  Company  generated  an  increase  in  the  volume  of  both  loans  and  investment  securities,  the  yields  earned  on  these  assets 
declined as compared to 2012.  Competitive demand for credit worthy borrowers, along with Federal Reserve Bank’s continued effort to 
keep  interest  rates  low,  negatively  impact  yields  during  the  period.    This  was  partially  offset  by  an  improvement  in  funding  costs,  a 
change in the mix of deposits with a greater concentration in demand and savings accounts than higher cost certificates of deposits.   

As  a  result,  net  interest  margin  declined  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  the 
decrease in the yield on earning assets, despite the decline in the cost of liabilities.  This was because lower-yielding investment securities 
increased as a proportion of earning assets during 2013.  The additional deposits obtained via the purchase of three branches from Sterling 
Savings Bank in June 2013 were deployed directly into investment securities initially and then used to fund loan growth over time.      

The following table presents changes in net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, attributable to changes in volume or rate.  Changes 
not solely due to volume or rate are allocated to volume and rate based on the absolute values of each. 

(Dollars in Thousands)

ASSETS:

For the Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2014 vs. December 31, 2013
Increase (Decrease) Due To

For the Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2013 vs. December 31, 2012
Increase (Decrease) Due To

Volume

Rate

Net 
Change

Volume

Rate

Net 
Change

Interest bearing certificate of deposit

$

5 $

8 $

13 $

(3) $

20 $

Interest bearing deposits in banks

Investments - taxable

Investments - nontaxable

Federal home loan bank stock

Pacific coast bankers bank stock

Gross loans (1)

Loans held for sale

Deferred fees

     Total interest earning assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

Interest-bearing deposits

Time deposits

Long term borrowings

Short term borrowings

Secured borrowings

Junior subordinated debentures

     Total interest bearing liabilities (increase) decrease

Net increase (decrease) in net

interest income

(37)

142

(145)

-

-

3,034

(76)

-

(1)

349

(105)

1

30

(465)

19

-

(38)

491

(250)

1

30

2,569

(57)

-

19

604

280

-

-

568

(139)

-

(6)

(596)

(297)

-

-

(1,727)

(41)

-

17

13

8

(17)

-

-

(1,159)

(180)

-

$

$

2,923 $

(164) $

2,759 $

1,329 $

(2,647) $

(1,318)

61 $

(132)

19

-

-

-

(52)

(179) $

(102)

(18)

(8)

-

(6)

(313)

(118) $

(234)

1

(8)

-

(6)

(365)

103 $

(112)

54

(70)

(20)

-

(45)

(488) $

(365)

(57)

-

-

(39)

(949)

(385)

(477)

(3)

(70)

(20)

(39)

(994)

$

2,975 $

149 $

3,124 $

1,374 $

(1,698) $

(324)

Non-Interest Income.  Noninterest income for 2014 was down from 2013, reflecting the declines in gains on sale of residential mortgage 
loans due to the reduction in refinancing activity beginning in the latter half of 2013, declines in gains on sale of securities and higher 
losses on sale of OREO due to a more aggressive approach to reducing these assets.  This was partially offset by an increase in annuity 
commission fee income.      

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
                  
                     
                 
                 
                  
                     
                 
                 
                 
                 
                  
                     
                 
                 
                     
                 
                 
                 
                     
                 
                  
 
 
 
Non-interest income was up in 2013 as compared to 2012.   Categories contributing to this were increases in service charges on deposits 
and ATM/debit card fee income due to growth in core deposits, primarily from the acquisition of the Sterling Savings Bank branches.   
Also  contributing  were  growth  in  annuity  commission  fee  income  as  more  employees  became  licensed  to  offer  these  products  and  a 
reduction in OTTI losses due to a reduction in the securities incurring such write-downs.  This was partially offset by a decrease in gain 
on sale of OREO as a result of a declining volume of such properties.   

The  following  table  represents  the  principal  categories  of  non-interest  income  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended 
December 31, 2014. 

For The Twelve Months Ended

2014 to 2013

2013 to 2012

December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

$ Change

% Change

December 
31, 2012

$ Change

% Change

Service charges on deposit accounts

$

1,809

$

1,731 $

78

5%

$

1,686

$

Net gain (loss) on sale of other real estate owned

Net gains from sales of loans

Net gains on sales of securities available for sale

Net other-than-temporary impairment

Earnings on bank owned life insurance

Other operating income

Fee income

Annuity sales income 

Other non-interest income

Total non-interest income

(207)

3,686

88

(48)

505

1,709

464

73

40

5,171

405

(37)

452

1,811

320

62

(247)

(1,485)

(317)

(11)

53

(102)

144

11

-618%

-29%

-78%

30%

12%

-6%

45%

18%

331

5,058

303

(333)

510

1,673

17

146

$

8,079

$

9,955 $

(1,876)

-19%

$

9,391

$

45

(291)

113

102

296

(58)

138

303

(84)

564

3%

-88%

2%

34%

-89%

-11%

8%

1782%

-58%

6%

Non-Interest  Expense.    Noninterest  expense  for 2014 was  down  as  compared  to 2013.      Increases  in  personnel expense related  to  the 
addition of loan production personnel and branch staff for a new branch that opened in the fourth quarter of 2013 were partially offset by 
$471,000 savings generated from reduction in mortgage lending staff initiated in first quarter 2014 prompted by the decline in residential 
mortgage loan refinance activity.  Total costs associated with OREO and related third-party loan expenses decreased due to the decline in 
OREO balances and stabilization of collateral valuations.  Also, data processing and other conversion expenses totaling $615,000 related 
to the acquisition of three branches from Sterling in 2013 did not recur in 2014.   

Total non-interest expense in 2013 was up compared to 2012.  Contributing to this increase were costs associated with acquisition and 
operation of the three branches acquired from Sterling, as previously noted.  The increase in salary and benefits costs in 2013 is largely 
attributable to increases in commissions paid on the sale of loans held for sale as part of increased residential mortgage loan production 
during the first part of the year, and increases in loan production personnel which tend to be more highly compensated.  The effect of 
these increases was partially mitigated by decreases in FDIC insurance assessments, expenses related to OREO and other related costs.   

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the principal categories of non-interest expense for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 
31, 2014. 

For The  Twe lve  Months Ende d

2014 to 2013

2013 to 2012

December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

$ Change

% Change

December 
31, 2012

$ Change

% Change

Salaries and employee benefits

$

17,118

$

17,013 $

Occupancy

Equipment

Data processing

Professional services

Other real estate owned write-downs

Other real estate owned operating costs

State taxes

FDIC and state assessments

Other non-interest expense:

Director fees

Communication

Advertising

Professional liability insurance

Amortization

Other non-interest expense

Total non-inte re st e xpe nse

2,006

1,050

2,009

745

67

238

417

491

287

209

331

85

385

1,839

860

2,268

935

946

408

458

535

224

172

316

90

415

2,717

3,023

105

167

190

(259)

(190)

(879)

(170)

(41)

(44)

63

37

15

(5)

(30)

(306)

1% $

16,215

$

9%

22%

-11%

-20%

-93%

-42%

-9%

-8%

28%

22%

5%

-6%

-7%

-10%

1,673

801

1,607

750

1,314

550

518

610

236

170

366

113

381

3,113

798

166

59

661

185

(368)

(142)

(60)

(75)

(12)

2

(50)

(23)

34

(90)

$

28,155

$

29,502 $

(1,347)

-5% $

28,417

$

1,085

5%

10%

7%

41%

25%

-28%

-26%

-12%

-12%

-5%

1%

-14%

-20%

9%

-3%

4%

Income Taxes.  For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 income taxes totaled $1.7 million, $972,000 and $1.3 million, 
respectively, representing effective tax rates of 26.0%, 20.7% and 21.4%, respectively.  The effective tax rate differs from the statutory 
rate  of  34.6%  due  to  tax  exempt  income  from  investments  in  municipal  securities  and  loans,  income  earned  on  BOLI,  and  tax  credits 
received on investments in low income housing partnerships.   

Deferred  income  tax  assets  or  liabilities  reflect  the  estimated  future  tax  effects  attributable  to  differences  as  to  when  certain  items  of 
income or expense are reported in the financial statements versus when they are reported in the tax returns.  At December 31, 2014 and 
2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $3.2 million and $4.5 million, respectively. 

See “Critical Accounting Policies” in this section above. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Total  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  including  interest  bearing  deposits  in  banks,  decreased  to  $33,764,000  at  December  31,  2014,  from 
$38,675,000 at December 31, 2013, due to increased lending through new loan production offices. 

Investment Portfolio  

The composition of our investment portfolio is managed to maximize total return on the portfolio while considering the impact it has on 
asset/liability position and liquidity needs.  The majority of securities are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value with a 
small amount classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost.  The Company regularly reviews its portfolio in conjunction 
with  overall  balance  sheet  management  strategies.    From  time  to  time  securities  may  be  sold  to  reposition  the  portfolio  in  response  to 
strategies  developed  by  the  Company’s  asset  liability  committee  or  to  realize  gains  within  the  portfolio.    The  Company’s  investment 
securities portfolio decreased $9,007,000, or 9.2%, during 2014 to $89,269,000 as funds were redeployed to support loan growth during 
the  period.    The  Company's  investment  securities  portfolio  increased  $30,232,000,  or  44.4%,  during  2013  to  $98,276,000  due  to 
investment in municipal, government agency and mortgage-backed securities. 

The Company regularly reviews its investment portfolio to determine whether any of its securities are other than temporarily impaired.  In 
addition  to  accounting  and  regulatory  guidance,  in  determining  whether  a  security  is  other  than  temporarily  impaired,  the  Company 
considers whether it intends to sell the security and if it does not intend to sell the security, whether it is more likely than not it will be 
required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis.  The Company also considers cash flow analysis for mortgage-
backed  securities  under  various  prepayment,  default,  and  loss  severity  scenarios  in  determining  whether  a  mortgage-backed  security  is 
other than temporarily impaired.  At December 31, 2014, the Company owned 38 securities in a continuous unrealized loss position for 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
twelve  months  or  longer,  with  an  amortized  cost  of  $31,748,000  and  fair  value  of  $31,195,000.    These  securities  that  have  been  in  a 
continuous  unrealized  loss  position  for  twelve  months  or  longer  at  December  31,  2014,  had  investment  grade  ratings  upon  purchase.  
Following its evaluation of factors deemed relevant, management determined, in part because the Company does not have the intent to 
sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that it will have to sell the securities before recovery of cost basis, which may be at 
maturity,  the  Company  does  not  have  any  other  than  temporarily  impaired  securities  at  December  31,  2014.    For  more  information 
regarding our investment securities and analysis of the value of securities in our investment portfolio, see Note 3 - "Securities" and Note 
17 – "Fair Value Measurements" to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 15 of this report. See also 
“Critical Accounting Policies” in this section above. 

The carrying values of investment securities at December 31 in each of the last three years are as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

Available-for-sale:

2014

2013

2012

Collateralized mortgage obligations: agency issued

$

38,767 $

38,791 $

17,066

Collateralized mortgage obligations: non agency

Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued

U.S. Government agency securities

State and municipal securities

Corporate bonds

T otal available-for-sale

Held-to-maturity:

Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued

State and municipal securities

T otal held-to-maturity

T otal investments

527

12,199

8,056

27,891

-

2,011

13,389

8,811

32,160

982

87,440 $

96,144 $

123 $

1,706

159 $

1,973

1,829 $

2,132 $

2,544

5,093

5,952

26,906

3,545

61,106

221

6,716

6,937

89,269 $

98,276 $

68,043

$

$

$

$

The following table presents the maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2014. 

At December 31, 2014

(Dollars in T housands)

Held-to-maturity

Available-for-sale

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Declining Balance Securities

T otal investment securities

$

$

$

-
-
889
817
123

-
-
899
818
135

$

325 $

8,636
12,903
13,234
51,809

329
8,662
13,160
13,796
51,493

1,829 $

1,852

$

86,907 $

87,440

Loan Portfolio 

General.  Total loans at December 31, 2014 were up as compared to December 31, 2013 and 2012.  The increase in total loans was driven 
primarily by growth in several loan categories, notably commercial and agricultural, multi-family, commercial real estate and consumer 
loans.  While competition for commercial loans in the markets we serve is strong, loan demand is beginning to grow.  In addition, recent 
merger and acquisition activity in our market area by larger institutions has enabled the Bank to acquire commercial relationships that 
desire to deal with a local community bank.  Management expects the loan portfolio will continue to grow in 2015, although it believes 
the uncertainty surrounding various aspects of the economy is causing many customers to wait for even more clarity before borrowing 
additional funds to expand their businesses or purchase assets. 
The following table sets forth the composition of the Company's loan portfolio at December 31 in each of the past five years. 

30 

 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
               
               
               
               
 
 
 
 
 
Loans as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in T housands)

December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

December 
31, 2012

December 
31, 2011

December 
31, 2010

Commercial and agricultural

$

120,517

$

104,111

$

87,278

$

90,731

$

84,575

Real estate:

Construction and development

Residential 1-4 family

Multi-family

Commercial real estate -- owner occupied

Commercial real estate -- non owner occupied

Farmland

Consumer

Gross loans

     Less:  deferred fees

26,711

92,965

18,541

125,632

117,137

22,245

40,565

564,313

(1,214)

29,096

87,762

17,520

105,594

117,294

23,698

20,728

505,803

(1,137)

31,411

77,497

7,744

109,783

103,014

24,544

7,782

449,053

(857)

47,156

76,011

7,682

118,469

103,005

23,752

8,928

475,734

(841)

46,256

79,068

9,113

109,936

106,079

22,354

9,128

466,509

(828)

Portfolio Loans

$

563,099

$

504,666

$

448,196

$

474,893

$

465,681

The Company's strategy is to originate loans primarily in its local markets.  Depending on the purpose of a loan, loans may be secured by 
a  variety  of  collateral,  including  real  estate,  business  assets,  and  personal  assets.    The  majority  of  the  Company's  loan  portfolio  is 
comprised of commercial and agricultural loans (commercial loans) and real estate loans.  The commercial and agricultural loans are a 
diverse  group  of  loans  to  small,  medium,  and  large  businesses  for  purposes  ranging  from  working  capital  needs  to  term  financing  of 
equipment. In addition, the loan portfolio contains $30.8 million and $11.2 million, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, in 
indirect  consumer  loans  to  individuals  to  finance  luxury  and  classic  cars  as  a  part  of  a  strategy  begun  in  2013  to  diversify  the  loan 
portfolio.  

The commercial and commercial real estate loan categories continue to be the primary focus for the Bank.  Our commercial real estate 
portfolio generally consists of a wide cross-section of retail, small office, warehouse, and industrial type properties.  Loan to value ratios 
for the Company's commercial real estate loans generally did not exceed 75% at origination and debt service ratios were generally 125% 
or  better.    While  we  have  significant  balances  within  this  lending  category,  we  believe  that  our  lending  policies  and  underwriting 
standards are sufficient to reduce risk even in a downturn in the commercial real estate market.  Additionally, this is a sector in which we 
have significant and long-term management experience.  It is our strategic plan to seek growth in commercial and small business loans 
where available and in owner occupied commercial real estate loans.   

The  Company  has  credit  risk  exposure  related  to  real  estate  loans.    The  Company  makes  loans  for  acquisition,  construction  and  other 
purposes  that are  secured  by  real  estate.   At  December 31,  2014,  loans  secured by  real  estate  totaled  $403.2  million, which represents 
71.4% of the total loan portfolio.   As a result of these concentrations of loans, the loan portfolio is susceptible to deteriorating economic 
and market conditions in the Company's market areas.  See "Risk Factors" under Item 1A of this report. 

We remain active in managing our existing construction loan and land development portfolios, the balances of which have declined over 
the  last  three  years.    Construction  and  land  development  loans  represented  4.8%  and  5.7%  of  total  loans  outstanding  at  December  31, 
2014  and  2013,  respectively.    We  believe  this  segment  will  remain  challenged  into  2015,  although  to  a  lesser  extent  than  in  previous 
years.  

It  is  the  Company’s  strategic  objective  to maintain  concentrations  in  land  and residential  construction  and  total  commercial  real  estate 
below the regulatory guidelines of 100% and 300% of risk based capital, respectively.  As of December 31, 2014, concentration in land 
and residential construction as a percentage of risk based capital was 36.0% and total concentration in non-owner occupied commercial 
real estate plus land and residential construction as a percentage of risk-based capital stood at 216.4%. In addition, the Company manages 
new  loan  origination  volume  using  concentration  limits  that  establish  maximum  exposure  levels  by  designated  industry  segment,  real 
estate product types, geography, and single borrower limits.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Maturities and Sensitivity in Interest Rates.  The following table presents information related to maturity distribution and interest 
rate  sensitivity  of  loans  outstanding  (excluding  residential  mortgages  held  for  sale),  based  on  scheduled  repayments  at  December  31, 
2014. 

(dollars in thousands)

Due  in one
ye ar or le ss

Due  afte r
one  through
five  ye ars

Due  afte r
five  ye ars

Total

Commercial

$

68,734 $

27,140 $

5,583 $

101,457

Construction, land development, other land loans

Residential real estate 1-4 family
Multi-family
Farmland
Commercial real estate
Consumer
Credit cards and overdrafts
     Total 
Less unearned income
     Total loans

13,364
45,924
-
9,336
74,892
4,313
2,520
219,083 $

19,071
51,090
6,163
8,492
173,455
15,106
-
300,517 $

$

40
5,686
12,378
551
2,948
17,527
-

44,713 $

32,475
102,700
18,541
18,379
251,295
36,946
2,520
564,313
(1,214)
563,099

Total loans maturing afte r one  ye ar with
  Predetermined interest rates (fixed)
  Floating or adjustable rates (variable)
     Total                                        

$

$

78,793 $

221,724
300,517 $

30,032 $
14,681
44,713 $

108,825
236,405
345,230  

At December 31, 2014, 81% of the total loan portfolio was either due in one year or less or maturing after one year, but with a variable 
rate.  This compares to 82% as of December 31, 2013.  Management seeks to maintain a significant proportion of its loan portfolio subject 
to near term changes in interest rates to mitigate interest rate risk. 

Asset  Quality.    The  Company  continues  to  aggressively  identify  and  monitor  adversely  classified  assets  and  take  action  based  upon 
available information.  Levels of adversely classified assets increased primarily due to a $4.6 million commercial loan relationship and a 
$2.0  million  commercial  real  estate  loan.    Delinquencies  continue  to  be  well-managed  and  no  significant  adverse  trends  have  been 
identified. 

Adve rse ly classifie d loans and se curitie s
(Dollars in T housands)

Rated substandard or worse, but not impaired
Impaired
T otal adversely classified loans¹

T otal investment securities²

Gross loans (excluding deferred loan fees)
Adversely classified loans to gross loans
Allowance for loan losses
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of adversely classified loans
Allowance for loan losses to total impaired loans
Adversely classified loans and securities to total assets

December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

7,368
11,311
18,679

199

564,313
3.31%
8,353
44.72%
73.85%
2.53%

$

$

$

$

$

2,842
9,922
12,764

1,834

505,803
2.52%
8,359
65.49%
84.25%
2.07%

2014 to 2013
$       

Change

% 
Change

December 
31, 2012

2013 to 2012
$       

% 
Change

Change

4,526
1,389
5,915

159% $

14%
46% $

6,909 $

14,784
21,693 $

(4,067)
(4,862)
(8,929)

-59%
-33%
-41%

(1,635)

-89% $

2,245 $

(411)

-18%

58,510

12% $

(6)

0% $

56,750

13%

(999)

-11%

449,053 $
4.83%
9,358 $

43.14%
63.30%
3.72%

¹Adversely classified loans are defined as loans having a well-defined weakness or weaknesses related to the borrower's financial capacity or to pledged collateral that may
jeopardize the repayment of the debt.  T hey are characterized by the possibility that the Bank may sustain some loss if the deficiencies giving rise to the substandard
classification are not corrected. Note that any loans internally rated worse than substandard are included in the impaired loan totals.
²Adversely classified investment securities consist of one private label collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) as of 12/31/2014 and four private label CMOs as of
12/31/2013 and 12/31/2012.

32 

 
 
              
              
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents information related to the Company's delinquent loans, not on non-accrual status, as of December 31 in each 
of the last three years. 

30-89 Days Past Due by type

(Dollars in T housands)

December 
31, 2014

% of 
Category

December    
31, 2013

% of 
Category

$ Change

% Change

December    
31, 2012

% of 
Category

$ Change

% Change

2014 to 2013

2013 to 2012

Commercial and agricultural

$

-

0.0% $

14

1.0% $

(14)

-100% $

134

5.3% $

(120)

-90%

Real estate:

Construction and development

Residential 1-4 family

Multi-family

Commercial real estate -- owner occupied

Commercial real estate -- non owner occupied

Farmland

Total real estate

Consumer

T otal loans 30-89 days past due, not in 
nonaccrual status

$

$

2.1%

71.9%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

5.5%

18

605

-

-

-

46

669

-

0.0%

333

24.0%

-

-

-

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

875

62.9%

$

1,208

$

18

272

-

-

-

(829)

(539)

100%

82%

0%

0%

0%

-95%

-

1,595

-

-

652

133

0.0%

63.2%

0.0%

0.0%

25.9%

5.3%

-

(1,262)

-

-

(652)

742

0%

-79%

0%

0%

-100%

558%

-45% $

2,380

$

-1,172

172

20.5%

168

12.1%

4

2%

8

0.3%

160

2000%

841

100.0% $

1,390

100.0% $

(549)

-39% $

2,522

100.0% $

(1,132)

-45%

Delinquent loans to total loans, not in 
nonaccrual status

0.23%

0.28%

0.57%

Non-performing Assets.  Non-performing assets are defined as loans on non-accrual status, loans past due ninety days or more and still 
accruing interest, and OREO.  The Company's policy for placing loans on non-accrual status is based upon management's evaluation of 
the ability of the borrower to meet both principal and interest payments as they become due.  Generally, loans with interest or principal 
payments which are ninety or more days past due are placed on non-accrual (unless they are well-secured and in the process of collection) 
and previously accrued interest is reversed against income. 

33 

 
 
              
             
              
            
              
             
            
              
            
              
             
            
              
            
              
             
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents information related to the Company's non-accrual loans and other non-performing assets at December 31 in 
each of the last five years.   

Non-pe rforming asse ts

(Dollars in T housands)

Loans on nonaccrual status

December    
31, 2014

December    
31, 2013

December    
31, 2012

December    
31, 2011

December    
31, 2010

Commercial and agricultural

$

96 $

286

$

1,901

$

530

$

1,251

Real estate:

Construction and development

Residential 1-4 family

Commercial real estate -- owner occupied(cid:2)(cid:4)(cid:3)

Commercial real estate -- non owner occupied

Farmland

Total real estate

Consumer

T otal loans on non accrual status(cid:2)¹(cid:3)

Loans past due greater than 90 days but

not on nonaccrual status

T otal non-performing loans

Other real estate owned

Construction, Land Dev & Other Land

1-4 Family Residential Properties

Nonfarm Nonresidential Properties

965

848

1,325

5,482

-

8,620

-

8,716

409

9,125

35

-

964

999

1,408

400

1,659

2,482

955

6,904

53

7,243

-

7,243

237

672

1,862

2,771

1,792

800

3,847

5,795

976

13,210

1

5,510

528

629

6,539

-

13,206

-

15,112

13,736

-

15,112

299

14,035

1,860

507

2,312

4,679

4,150

1,427

2,148

7,725

5,529

2,246

470

333

170

8,748

-

9,999

-

9,999

4,043

540

1,997

6,580

T otal nonperforming assets(cid:2)²(cid:3)

$

10,124 $

10,014

$

19,791

$

21,760

$

16,579

T roubled debt restructured loans on accrual status

Allowance for loan losses

Allowance to non-performing loans

Allowance to non-performing assets
Non-performing loans to total loans(cid:2)³(cid:3)
Non-performing assets to total assets

2,595

8,353

91.54%

82.51%

1.62%

1.36%

2,680

8,359

115.41%

83.47%

1.44%

1.42%

444

9,358

61.92%

47.28%

3.37%

3.08%

398

11,127

79.28%

51.14%

2.96%

3.39%

-

10,617

106.18%

64.04%

2.15%

2.57%

(cid:2)¹(cid:3) Includes $965,000, $1,408,000, $3,930,000, $7,734,000, and $932,000 in non-accrual troubled debt restructured loans ("T DRs") as of December

31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, which are also considered impaired loans.

(cid:2)²(cid:3) Does not include T DR's on accrual status.
(cid:2)³(cid:3) Excludes loans held for sale.
(cid:2)(cid:4)(cid:3) Includes one loan totaling $1,831,000 at December 31, 2013 of which $1,465,000 is guaranteed by the United States Department of Agriculture.  

At December 31, 2014, total non-performing assets remained virtually unchanged in dollars from the prior year-end, with an increase in 
non-performing  loans  being  offset  by  a  similar  decrease  in  OREO.    Approximately  one-half,  or  $4.3  million,  is  represented  by  two 
commercial real estate loan relationships.  The collateral value supporting these loans is considered sufficient to mitigate any potential 
losses,  for  which  specific  reserves  have  already  been  established.    One  of  these  relationships,  a  $1.7  million  loan  secured  by income-
producing commercial real estate, is now paid current as to principal and interest. 

Non-performing loans decreased at December 31, 2013, from the balance at December 31, 2012, due to decreases in all non-accrual loan 
categories  except  consumer  loans.    The  decline  in  non-accrual  commercial  real  estate  is  primarily  the  result  of  partial  or  full  payoffs 

34 

 
 
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
 
 
      
totaling $3.4 million from six borrowing relationships.  The decrease in non-accrual commercial loans is made up primarily of a partial 
payoff of one relationship totaling $1.4 million.     

The Company continues to aggressively identify and monitor non-performing assets and take action based upon available information.       
Troubled debt restructures (“TDRs”) declined as of December 31, 2014, as compared to December 31, 2013.  TDRs are loans for which 
the terms have been modified in order to grant a concession to a borrower that is experiencing financial difficulty.  TDRs are considered 
impaired loans and reported as such.  For more information regarding TDRs, see Note 4 - "Loans" to the Company's audited financial 
statements included in Item 15 of this report. 

Interest income on non-accrual loans that would have been recorded had those loans performed in accordance with their initial terms was 
$679,000,  $1,130,000  and  $1,213,000  for  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.    Interest  income  recognized  on  impaired  loans  was 
$404,000, $177,000 and $226,000 for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Currently, it is our practice to obtain new appraisals on non-performing collateral dependent loans and/or OREO semi-annually on land 
and every nine months on improved properties.  Based upon its review of the appraisal, the Company will record the loan at the lower of 
carrying value or fair value of collateral (less costs to sell) by recording a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses or by designating a 
specific reserve.  Generally, the Company will record the charge-off rather than designate a specific reserve.  

OREO at December 31, 2014 was down from the previous year-end primarily due to a decline in transfers into OREO from outstanding 
loans during the current year.  In addition, impairment charges declined due to improvement in real estate prices and reduced levels of 
these  assets.    Management  continues  to  market  its  OREO  properties  through  an  orderly  liquidation  process  rather  than  engaging  in 
immediate  liquidation  that  it believes  may result in discounts greater than the projected carrying costs.  Most of the properties held as 
OREO are commercial real estate. 

(Unaudited)
(Dollars in T housands)

For the T welve Months Ended

Other real estate owned, beginning of period

$

T ransfers from outstanding loans

Proceeds from sales

Net gain (loss) on sales

Impairment charges

T otal other real estate owned

$

December

31, 2014

% of 

Category

December

31, 2013

% of 

Category

2014 to 2013

$ Change

% Change

December

31, 2012

% of 

Category

2013 to 2012

$ Change

% Change

2,771

842

(2,340)

(207)

(67)

999

277% $

84%

-234%

-21%

-6%

100% $

4,679

1,756

(2,758)

40

(946)

2,771

169% $

(1,908)

-41% $

63%

-100%

1%

-34%

(914)

418

(247)

879

-52%

-15%

-618%

-93%

100% $

(1,772)

-64% $

7,725

3,082

(5,145)

331

(1,314)

4,679

165% $

66%

-110%

7%

-28%

(3,046)

(1,326)

2,387

(291)

368

100% $

(1,908)

-39%

-43%

-46%

-88%

-28%

-41%

O ther real estate owned and foreclosed assets by type

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in T housands)

December

# of

December

# of

2014 to 2013

December

# of

2013 to 2012

31, 2014

Properties

31, 2013

Properties

$ Change

% Change

31, 2012

Properties

$ Change

% Change

Construction, Land Dev & Other Land

1-4 Family Residential Properties

Nonfarm Nonresidential Properties

T otal OREO by type

$

$

35

-

964

999

-

1

$

3

4

$

237

672

1,862

2,771

$

5

4

8

(202)

(672)

(898)

-85% $

-100%

-48%

17

$

(1,772)

-64% $

1,860

507

2,312

4,679

13

$

(1,623)

4

9

165

(450)

26

$

(1,908)

-87%

33%

-19%

-41%

Allowance and Provision for Credit Losses.  The allowance for loan losses reflects management's current estimate of the amount required 
to absorb probable losses on loans in its loan portfolio based on factors present as of the end of the period.  Loans deemed uncollectible 
are charged against and reduce the allowance.   

Periodic  provisions  for  credit  losses  are  charged  to  current  expense  to  replenish  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  in  order  to  maintain  the 
allowance at a level that management considers adequate.  The amount of provision is based on an analysis of various factors including 
historical  loss  experience  based  on  volumes  and  types  of  loans,  volumes  and  trends  in  delinquencies  and  non-accrual  loans,  trends  in 
portfolio volume, results of internal and independent external credit reviews, and anticipated economic conditions.  Estimated loss factors 
used in the allowance for loan loss analysis are established based in part on historic charge-off data by loan category, portfolio migration 
analysis, economic conditions and other qualitative factors.  During the year ended December 31, 2014, based upon charge-off experience 
and other factors considered by management, the loss factors used in the allowance for loan losses were updated from 0.40% to 0.30% on 
pass rated commercial loans, from 0.40% to 0.35% on non owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, from 0.55% to 0.35% on owner-
occupied commercial real estate and from 0.65% to 0.60% on residential real estate.  Loss factors for land and land development loans, 
speculative residential construction, personal lines of credit and other consumer loans remained unchanged. As a result, the estimate for 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
              
              
            
           
           
              
              
              
              
              
              
            
            
 
 
the allowance for loan losses decreased.    See “Critical Accounting Policies” in this section above, as well as “Risk Factors” under Item 
1A. above. 

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31 are as follows: 

Al lowance  for Loan Losse s

(Dollars in T housands)

For t he T welve Months Ended

December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

December 
31, 2012

December 
31, 2011

December 
31, 2010

Gross loans outst anding at end of period

Average loans outst anding, gross

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period

$

$

$

564,313 $

505,803 $

449,053 $

475,734 $

536,971 $

477,356 $

466,086 $

483,974 $

8,359 $

9,358 $

11,127 $

10,617 $

Charge-offs

Commercial

Commercial Real Est ate

Residential Real Est ate

Consumer

T ot al charge-offs

Recoveries

Commercial

Commercial Real Est ate

Residential Real Est ate

Consumer

T ot al recoveries

Net  charge-offs 

Provision for (recapt ure of) loan losses

(26)

(533)

(129)

(79)

(767)

11

425

22

3

461

(306)

300

(131)

(90)

(453)

(154)

(828)

36

226

14

3

279

(549)

(450)

(67)

(827)

(576)

(309)

(1,779)

23

917

162

8

1,110

(669)

(1,100)

(161)

(2,005)

(665)

(93)

(2,924)

69

750

107

8

934

(1,990)

2,500

Allowance for loan losses, end of period

$

8,353 $

8,359 $

9,358 $

11,127 $

Ratio of net loans charged-off t o average

466,509

485,872

11,092

(469)

(2,055)

(1,518)

(119)

(4,161)

13

19

48

6

86

(4,075)

3,600

10,617

gross loans out standing, annualized

0.06%

0.12%

0.14%

0.41%

0.84%

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to 

gross loans out standing

1.48%

1.65%

2.08%

2.34%

2.28%

The allowance for loan losses continues to decline in relation to total loans in concert with the general trend of improvement in charge 
offs and delinquencies after incorporating loss potential of adversely classified loans.  As such, loss factors used in estimates to establish 
reserve levels have declined.  A provision was made to the allowance for loan losses in the current year, corresponding to recent growth in 
the loan portfolio.     

The recapture of provision in the prior year was primarily the result of the continued overall improvement in credit quality, as evidenced 
by  decreases  in  net  charge-offs,  non-performing  loans  and  performing  loans  classified  as  substandard  or  worse.    During  2012,  the 
recapture of provision was mostly due to the elimination of a $1.7 million specific impairment reserve as a result of a favorable ruling 
with respect to a government guaranty. 

The  Company's  loan portfolio  contains  a significant portion  of government  guaranteed  loans which  are  fully  guaranteed  by  the United 
States Government.  Government guaranteed loans were $32.8 million and $37.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  
The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding excluding the government guaranteed loans was 1.56% and 1.76%, 
respectively. 

There is no precise method of predicting specific credit losses or amounts that ultimately may be charged off.  The determination that a 
loan  may  become  uncollectible,  in  whole  or  in  part,  is  a  matter  of  significant  management  judgment.    Similarly,  the  adequacy  of  the 
allowance for loan losses is a matter of judgment that requires consideration of many factors, including (a) economic conditions and the 
effect  on  particular  industries  and  specific  borrowers;  (b)  a  review  of  borrowers'  financial  data,  together  with  industry  data,  the 
competitive  situation,  the  borrowers'  management  capabilities  and  other  factors;  (c)  a  continuing  evaluation  of  the  loan  portfolio, 
including  monitoring  by  lending  officers  and  staff  credit  personnel  of  all  loans  which  are  identified  as  being  of  less  than  acceptable 
quality; (d) an in-depth review, at a minimum of quarterly or more frequently as considered necessary, of all loans judged to present a 
possibility of loss (if, as a result of such quarterly review, the loan is judged to be not fully collectible, the carrying value of the loan is 
reduced to that portion considered collectible); and (e) an evaluation of the underlying collateral for secured lending, including the use of 
independent  appraisals  of  real  estate  properties  securing  loans.    An  analysis  of  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  is  conducted  by 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
management  quarterly  and  is  reviewed  by  the  Board  of  Directors.   Based  on  this  analysis  and  applicable  accounting  standards, 
management considers the allowance for loan losses to be adequate at December 31, 2014.   

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) has issued accounting guidance relating to 1) accounting by creditors for impairment 
of a loan and 2) accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan for income recognition disclosures.  The Company measures impaired 
loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at 
the loan's observable market price or the fair market value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The Company excludes 
loans  that  are  currently  measured  at  fair  value  or  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  fair  value,  and  certain  large  groups  of  smaller  balance 
homogeneous loans that are collectively measured for impairment. 

The following table summarizes the Bank's impaired loans at December 31: 

(Dollars in T housands)

T otal impaired loans
T otal impaired loans with valuation allowance

$

Valuation allowance related to impaired loans

11,311 $
249

-

9,922 $

14,784 $

-

-

-

-

14,432 $
4,498

2,032

14,673
508
142  

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

No  valuation  allowance  was  considered  necessary  for  the  remaining  impaired  loans.    The  balance  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  in 
excess of these specific reserves is available to absorb losses from all non-impaired loans.  It is the Company's policy to charge-off any 
loan or portion of a loan that is deemed uncollectible in the ordinary course of business.  The entire allowance for loan losses is available 
to absorb such charge-offs.   

The  Company allocates  its  allowance  for  loan  losses  among  major  loan  categories  primarily  on  the  basis  of  historical  data.   Based  on 
certain characteristics of the portfolio and management's analysis, losses can be estimated for major loan categories.  The following table 
presents  the  allocation  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  among  the  major  loan  categories  based  primarily  on  historical  net  charge-off 
experience and other considerations at December 31 in each of the last five years. 

(Dollars in T housands)

For the T welve Months Ended

Commercial loans

Real estate loans

Consumer loans

Unallocated

T otal allowance

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to 

December 
31, 2014

% of total 
loans*

December 
31, 2013

% of total 
loans*

December 
31, 2012

% of total 
loans*

December 
31, 2011

% of total 
loans*

December 
31, 2010

% of total 
loans*

$

$

1,022

4,120

979

2,232

8,353

20% $

74%

6%

0%

100% $

775

4,181

744

2,659

8,359

19% $

79%

2%

0%

100% $

923

4,927

531

2,977

9,358

19% $

79%

2%

0%

1,012

7,849

642

1,624

18% $

80%

2%

0%

816

7,139

690

1,972

19%

79%

2%

0%

100% $

11,127

100% $

10,617

100%

gross loans outstanding

1.48%

1.66%

2.09%

2.34%

2.28%

* Represents the total of all outstanding loans in each category as a percent of total loans outstanding

The table indicates decreases during 2014 in the portion of the allowance related to real estate loans, respectively, which were partially 
offset  by  an  increase  in  the  portion  related  to  commercial  and  consumer  loans.    The  significant  decline  in  real  estate  and  unallocated 
portions of the reserve is due to the reduction in loss factors associated with these loan categories and the overall improvement in credit 
quality as previously mentioned.  The increase in the allowance related to commercial and consumer loans resulted from an increase in 
classified loans in this sector, as previously noted.   The increase in the allowance related to consumer loans resulted from growth in this 
sector.  The unallocated portion of the allowance declined due to a reduction in qualitative risk factors corresponding to improving trends 
in economic conditions.   

The table indicates decreases during 2013 in the portion of the allowance related to commercial and real estate loans, respectively, which 
were partially offset by an increase in the portion related to consumer loans.  The significant decline in 2013 in the commercial, real estate 
and  unallocated  portions  of  the  reserve  is  due  to  the  reduction  in  loss  factors  associated  with  these  loan  categories  and  the  overall 
improvement in credit quality as previously mentioned.  The increase in the allowance related to consumer loans resulted from a growth 
in loans in this sector during 2013.  The significant decline in 2012 in the real estate portion of the reserve is due to the elimination of a 
$1.7 million impairment reserve. 

37 

 
 
 
 
          
          
          
          
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits 

Total deposits were up at December 31, 2014, compared to the previous two years.  Non-interest bearing demand and interest-bearing 
demand  deposits  increased  due  to  recent  success  in  acquiring  business  deposit  relationships  in  conjunction  with  the  growth  in  lending 
achieved over the past year. The combination of our efforts to reduce higher-cost time deposits through lowering interest rates paid and 
offering  non-insured  deposit  products  continued  to  impact  the  balances  of  these  types  of  deposits.    Due  to  the  low  interest  rate 
environment, many CD customers opted to place their maturing balances in checking or money market accounts while waiting for interest 
rates to improve.  Growth in all categories in 2013 was also the result of the acquisition of three Sterling branches in second quarter 2013, 
representing $37.6 million in deposits. 

Total brokered deposits were $22.4 million at December 31, 2014, which included $2.3 million via reciprocal deposit arrangements.  This 
compares to $21.6 million at December 31, 2013, which included $3.9 million via reciprocal deposit arrangements.    Brokered deposits 
have been acquired over the past several years at historically low rates for extended maturities to help insulate the Bank in a rising rate 
environment.  The weighted average term of these brokered deposits is 50 months.  Longer term CDs are generally not available in the 
retail market as customers generally desire to keep funds more liquid and accessible.  The Company views the prudent use of brokered 
deposits and borrowings to be an appropriate funding tool to support interest rate risk mitigation strategies.  

The  Company's  primary  source  of  funds  has  historically  been  customer  deposits.    A  variety  of  deposit  products  are  offered  to  attract 
customer deposits.  These products include non-interest bearing demand accounts, NOW accounts, savings accounts, and time deposits.  
Interest-bearing accounts earn interest at rates established by management based on competitive market factors and the need to increase or 
decrease certain types or maturities of deposits.  The Company has succeeded in growing its deposit base over the last three years despite 
increasing  competition  for  deposits  in  our  markets.    The  Company  believes  that  it  has  benefited  from  its  local  identity  and  superior 
customer  service.    Attracting  deposits  remains  integral  to  the  Company's  business  as  it  is  the  primary  source  of  funds  for  loans  and  a 
major  decline  in  deposits  or failure  to  attract  deposits  in  the  future  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition.    The  Company's  strategic  plan  contemplates  and  focuses  on  continued  growth  in  non-interest  bearing  accounts,  which 
contribute to higher levels of non-interest income and net interest margin, through increased sales efforts and continued focus on customer 
service and emphasis on our expanded electronic services.  We expect significant competition for deposits of this nature to continue for 
the foreseeable future as loan demand improves within our markets.  

Deposit detail by category as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, follows: 

De posits

(Dollars in T housands)

2014

2013

2012

December 31, 

December 31, 

December 31, 

Interest-bearing demand (NOW)
Money market deposits

$

151,130 $
123,484

Savings deposits

T ime, interest deposits (CD's)

   T otal interest-bearing deposits

Non-interest bearing demand

79,997

118,683

473,294

165,760

$

144,221
118,627

73,412

126,059

462,319

145,028

125,758
106,849

62,493

138,005

433,105

115,138

   T otal deposits

$

639,054 $

607,347

$

548,243

38 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The ratio of non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits is displayed in the table below. 

Deposits
(Unaudited)

2014 to 2013

2013 to 2012

(Dollars in T housands)

2014

Total

2013

Total

$ Change

% Change

31, 2012

Total

$ Change

% Change

December 31, 

Percent of 

December 31, 

Percent of 

December 

Percent of 

Interest-bearing demand and 
money market
Savings
Time deposits

   Total interest-bearing deposits
Non-interest bearing demand
   Total deposits

$

$

274,614
79,997
118,683

473,294
165,760
639,054

42% $
13%
19%

74%
26%
100% $

262,848
73,412
126,059

462,319
145,028
607,347

43% $
12%
21%

76%
24%
100% $

11,766
6,585
(7,376)

10,975
20,732
31,707

4% $
9%
-6%

2%
14%
5% $

232,607
62,493
138,005

433,105
115,138
548,243

43% $
11%
25%

79%
21%
100% $

30,241
10,919
(11,946)

29,214
29,890
59,104

13%
17%
-9%

7%
26%
11%

The following table sets forth the average balances for each major category of deposits and the weighted average interest rate paid for 
deposits for the periods indicated. 

De posi ts

(Dollars in T housands)

2014

Rat e

2013

Rat e

2012

Rat e

December 31, 

December 31, 

December 31, 

Int erest -bearing demand (NOW)
Money market  and savings deposit s
T ime, int erest  deposit s (CD's)

   T ot al int erest -bearing deposit s

Non-int erest  bearing demand

   T ot al deposit s

$

$

147,225 0.23% $
196,859 0.12%
122,002 0.89%

131,179 0.30% $
185,005 0.27%
135,447 0.98%

120,472 0.48%
168,512 0.30%
144,486 1.24%

466,086

451,631

433,470

158,697 0.00%

129,218 0.00%

107,048 0.00%

624,783 0.27% $

580,849 0.35% $

540,518 0.53%

Maturities of time certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2014 are summarized as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

3 months or less
Over 3 through 6 months
Over 6 through 12 months
Over 12 months

Total time  ce rtificate s

Under
$100,000

Over
$100,000

T otal

$

$

9,636 $
7,939
10,662
14,798

20,202 $
4,683
14,516
36,247

29,838
12,622
25,178
51,045

43,035 $

75,648 $

118,683

Short-Term Borrowings 

The following is information regarding the Company's short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

2014

2013

2012

Amount outstanding at end of period
Weighted average interest rate thereon
Maximum month-end balance during year
Average balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year

$

$
$

$

-
0.28%
-
$
153 $

0.28%

$

-
-

3,000 $
303 $

2.94%

3,000
2.94%
3,000
2,697
2.94%

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
                
                
               
 
 
 
 
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

The Company is party to many contractual financial obligations at December 31, 2014, including without limitation, borrowings from the 
FHLB, junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities and operating leases for branch locations.  The following 
is information regarding the dates payments for such obligations are due. 

Less than
1 year

1-2
years

3-5
years

More than
5 years

Operating leases
T otal deposits
Federal home loan bank borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures

$

491 $

567 $

462 $

422,249
-
-

40,104
5,000
-

10,879
5,000
-

412 $
62
1,453
13,403

T otal

1,932
473,294
11,453
13,403

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its 
customers.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit,  and  involve,  to  varying 
degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the consolidated balance sheets. 

The  Bank's  exposure  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to 
extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit 
policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  they  do  for  on-balance-sheet  instruments.    A  summary  of  the  Bank's 
commitments at December 31 is as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

December 31,  
2014

December 31, 
2013

Commitments to extend credit

Standby letters of credit

$

$

109,545

1,351

$

$

106,017

1,733

KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS 

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

For The  Twe lve  Months Ende d

Se le ctive  pe rformance  ratios

Return on average assets, annualized

Return on average equity, annualized

Dividend payout ratio

December     
31, 2014

December     
31, 2013

December     
31, 2012

December     
31, 2011

December     
31, 2010

0.68%

6.92%

44%

0.55%

5.48%

55%

0.75%

7.28%

42%

0.44%

4.45%

0%

0.25%

2.77%

0%

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Liquidity.  The primary concern of depositors, creditors and regulators is the Company's ability to have sufficient funds readily available 
to  repay  liabilities  as  they  mature.    In  order  to  evaluate  whether  adequate  funds  are  and  will  be  available,  the  Company  monitors  and 
projects the amount of funds required on a daily basis.  The Bank's primary source of liquidity is deposits from its customer base, which 
has  historically  provided  a  stable  source  of  "core"  demand  and  consumer  deposits.    Other  sources  of  liquidity  are  available,  including 
borrowings from the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and from correspondent banks.  Liquidity requirements can also be met through 
disposition of short-term assets.  In management's opinion, the Company maintains an adequate level of liquid assets for its known and 
reasonably foreseeable liquidity requirements, consisting of cash and amounts due from banks, interest bearing deposits and federal funds 
sold to support daily cash flow requirements.  

40 

 
 
 
               
               
                
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
           
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management  expects  to  continue  to  rely  on  customer  deposits  as  the  primary  source  of  liquidity,  but  may  also  obtain  liquidity  from 
maturity of its investment securities, sale of securities currently available for sale, loan sales, brokered deposits, government sponsored 
programs, loan repayments, net income, and other borrowings.  Although deposit balances have shown historical growth, deposit habits of 
customers may be influenced by changes in the financial services industry, interest rates available on other investments, general economic 
conditions,  consumer  confidence,  changes  to  government  insurance  programs,  and  competition.    Competition  for  deposits  is  presently 
quite intense, even in our traditional markets of operations in Western Washington, making deposit retention challenging and new deposit 
growth  quite  difficult.    Any  significant  reduction  in  deposits  could  adversely  affect  the  Company's  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations, and liquidity.  See "Risk Factors" under Item 1A. above. 

At December 31, 2014, the Bank had $11.5 million in outstanding borrowings against its $149.7 million in established borrowing capacity 
with  the  FHLB,  as  compared  to  $10.0  million  outstanding  against a  borrowing  capacity  of  $143.1  million  at  December  31,  2013.  The 
Bank’s  borrowing  facility  with  the  FHLB  is  subject  to  collateral  and  stock  ownership  requirements.  The  Bank  also  had  an  available 
discount window primary credit line with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco of approximately $52.9 million, subject to collateral 
requirements, and $16.0 million from correspondent banks with no balance outstanding on any of these facilities.  

The holding company specifically relies on dividends from the Bank, proceeds from the exercise of stock options, and proceeds from the 
issuance of trust preferred securities for its funds, which are used for various corporate purposes.  In addition, the exercise of outstanding 
warrants  during  2013  provided  a  nonrecurring  source  of  additional  funds  during  that  year.      Dividends  from  the  Bank  are  the  holding 
company's most important source of funds, and are subject to regulatory restrictions and the capital needs of the Bank, which are always 
primary.  

At December 31, 2014, two wholly-owned subsidiary grantor trusts established by the Company had issued and outstanding $13.4 million 
of trust preferred securities (“TRUPs”).   As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, interest payable on TRUPs totaled $40,000 and $40,000 in 
each year, and is included in accrued interest payable on the balance sheet.  For more information regarding the Company's issuance of 
TRUPs, see Note 10 "Junior Subordinated Debentures" to the audited consolidated financial statements included under Item 15 of this 
report. 

Capital.  The Company conducts its business through the Bank.  Thus, the Company needs to be able to provide capital and financing to 
the  Bank  should  the  need  arise.    The  primary  sources  for  obtaining  capital  are  additional  stock  sales  and  retained  earnings.    The 
Company's Board of Directors considers financial results, growth plans, and anticipated capital needs in formulating its dividend policy.  
The payment of dividends is subject to adequate financial resources at the Bank, which depend in part on operating results and limitations 
imposed by law and governmental regulations or actions of regulators. 

The Federal Reserve has established guidelines for risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies.  Under the guidelines, 
one of four risk weights is applied to balance sheet assets, each with different capital requirements based on the credit risk of the asset.  
The Company's capital ratios include the assets of the Bank on a consolidated basis in accordance with the requirements of the Federal 
Reserve.  The Company's capital ratios have exceeded the minimum required to be classified "well capitalized" during each of the past 
three years.   

The Company and its Bank subsidiary continue to satisfy the requirements to qualify as “well-capitalized” under regulatory guidelines.    
Capital growth is provided primarily through earnings retention.  Also, $1.2 million of additional capital was supplied in the current year 
via the exercise at a price of $6.50 per share of warrants to purchase 185,000 shares of common stock originally issued in conjunction 
with a private capital raise conducted in 2009.  In general, capital ratios declined from December 31, 2013 due to the successful execution 
of the Company’s growth strategy and shift in the balance sheet mix to higher risk-weighted loan assets.   

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) and the FDIC have established minimum requirements for 
capital  adequacy  for  bank  holding  companies  and  state  non-member  banks.  For  more  information  on  these  topics,  see  the  discussions 
under the subheading “Capital Adequacy” in the section “Business” included in Item 1 of this Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2014. 

The total risk based capital ratios of the Company include $13.4 million of junior subordinated debentures, all of which qualified as Tier 1 
capital at December 31, 2014 and 2013, under guidance issued by the Federal Reserve. The Company expects to continue to rely on these 
junior subordinated debentures as part of its regulatory capital.  

41 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the minimum required capital ratios and actual ratios for December 31, 2014 and 2013.   

(Dollars in T housands)

December    
31, 2014

December      
31, 2013

Change

Regulatory 
Minimum to 
be "Well 
Capitalized"

greater than or equal to

Pacific Financial C orporation

Actual amount

T otal risk-based capital ratio

T ier 1 risk-based capital ratio

Leverage ratio

T angible common equity ratio

Bank of the  Pacific

T otal risk-based capital ratio

T ier 1 risk-based capital ratio

Leverage ratio

13.61%

12.36%

9.80%

8.05%

13.52%

12.27%

9.73%

14.11%

12.85%

9.83%

7.74%

14.03%

12.78%

9.77%

(0.50)

(0.49)

(0.03)

0.31

(0.51)

(0.51)

(0.04)

10%

6%

5%

n/a

10%

6%

5%

Goodwill Valuation.  Goodwill is assigned to reporting units for purposes of impairment testing.  The Company has one reporting unit, 
the Bank, for purposes of computing goodwill.  The Company performs an annual review in the second quarter of each fiscal year, or 
more frequently if indications of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill is impaired.  As of December 31, 2014, 
management determined there were no events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of its reporting 
unit below its carrying value. 

A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, 
among  others:  a  significant  decline  in  expected  future  cash  flows;  a  sustained,  significant  decline  in  our  stock  price  and  market 
capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; adverse assessment or action by a regulator; and 
unanticipated competition. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of such assets and 
could have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process.  The first step is a comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying 
value. If the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, the Company is required to progress to the second step. In the second 
step the Company calculates the implied fair value of its reporting unit and, in accordance with applicable GAAP standards, compares the 
implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  to  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  on  the  Company’s  balance  sheet.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
goodwill  is  greater  than  the  implied  fair  value  of  that  goodwill,  an  impairment  loss  must  be  recognized  in  an  amount  equal  to  that 
excess.  The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  in  the  same  manner  as  goodwill  recognized  in  a  business  combination.  The 
estimated  fair  value  of  the  Company  is  allocated  to  all  of  the  Company’s  individual  assets  and  liabilities,  including  any  unrecognized 
identifiable intangible assets, as if the Company had been acquired in a business combination and the estimated fair value of the Company 
is the price paid to acquire it. The allocation process is performed only for purposes of determining whether a goodwill impairment exists 
and the amount of any such impairment.  No assets or liabilities are written up or down, nor are any additional unrecognized identifiable 
intangible assets recorded as a part of this process.  

The Company estimates fair value using the best information available, including market information and a discounted cash flow analysis, 
which is also referred to as the income approach. The income approach uses a reporting unit’s projection of estimated operating results 
and cash flows that is discounted using a rate that reflects current market conditions. The projection uses management’s best estimates of 
economic  and  market  conditions  over  the  projected  period  including  growth  rates  in  loans  and  deposits,  estimates  of  future  expected 
changes in net interest margins and cash expenditures. The market approach estimates fair value by applying cash flow multiples to the 
reporting unit’s operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and 
investment  characteristics  of  the  reporting  unit.  We  validate  our  estimated  fair  value  by  comparing  the  fair  value  estimates  using  the 
income approach to the fair value estimates using the market approach. 

As part of our process for performing the step one impairment test of goodwill, the Company estimated the fair value of the reporting unit 
utilizing  the  income  approach  and  the  market  approach  in  order  to  derive  an  enterprise  value  of  the  Company.    In  determining  the 
discount rate for the discounted cash flow model, the Company used a modified capital asset pricing model that develops a rate of return 
utilizing a risk-free rate and equity risk premium resulting in a discount rate of 12.0%.  This approach also includes adjustments for the 
industry the Company operates in and size of the Company.  In addition, assumptions used by the Company in its discounted cash flow 
model (income approach) included an average annual net income growth rate that approximated 23%; an asset growth of 4.4% in years 
one through five; net interest margin ranging from 4.02% in the base year to 4.24% in year five; and a return on assets that ranged from 
0.62% to 1.24%. 

42 

 
 
            
            
            
              
            
            
            
 
 
 
 
 
In applying the market approach method, the Company considered all banks that announced a sale between January 1, 2013 and June 30, 
2014, with total assets under $5 billion and a return on assets greater than zero.  This resulted in selecting 24 institutions which fit these 
criteria.  After selecting these institutions, the Company derived the fair value of the reporting unit by completing a comparative analysis 
of  the  relationship  between  their  financial  metrics  listed  above  and  their  market  values  utilizing  various  market  multiples.   Focus  was 
placed on the price to tangible book value of equity multiple as this multiple generally reflects returns on the capital employed within the 
industry and is generally correlated with the profitability of each individual company.   

The Company concluded its reporting unit had a fair value of $8.50 per share, or $86.6 million, after giving similar consideration to the 
values derived from 1) the market approach of $8.20 per share weighted at 80%, and 2) the income approach of $9.67 per share million 
weighted at 20%.  This estimate compares to a carrying value of its reporting unit of $70.9 million.  Accordingly, following step one of 
the Company’s goodwill impairment test, the Company concluded that its reporting unit’s fair value exceeded its carrying value and no 
goodwill impairment existed.   

Even though the Company determined that there was no goodwill impairment, a future impairment charge may be necessary if our stock 
price declines, market values of others in the financial industry decrease, the Bank’s revenue falls, or there are significant adverse changes 
in the operating environment for the financial industry.  

New Accounting Pronouncements.  For a discussion of new accounting pronouncements and their impact on the Company, see Note 1 
of the Notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 15 of this report. 

ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT 

The largest component of the Company's earnings is net interest income.  Interest income and interest expense are affected by general 
economic conditions, competition in the market place, market interest rates and repricing and maturity characteristics of the Company's 
assets and liabilities.  Exposure to interest rate risk is primarily a function of differences between the maturity and repricing schedules of 
assets (principally loans and investment securities) and liabilities (principally deposits).  Assets and liabilities are described as interest rate 
sensitive for a given period of time when they mature or can reprice within that period.  The difference between the amount of interest 
sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities is referred to as the interest sensitivity "GAP" for any given period.  The "GAP" may be 
either positive or negative.  If positive, more assets reprice than liabilities.  If negative, the reverse is true. 

Certain  shortcomings  are  inherent  in  the  interest  sensitivity  "GAP"  method  of  analysis.    Complexities  such  as  prepayment  risk  and 
customer responses to interest rate changes are not taken into account in the "GAP" analysis.  Accordingly, management also utilizes a net 
interest income simulation model to measure interest rate sensitivity.  Simulation modeling gives a broader view of net interest income 
variability, by providing various rate shock exposure estimates.  Management regularly reviews the interest rate risk position and provides 
measurement reports to the Board of Directors. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  shows  the  dollar  amount  of  interest  sensitive  assets  and  interest  sensitive  liabilities  at  December  31,  2014  and 
differences between them for the maturity or repricing periods indicated. 

At December 31, 2014

(Dollars in T housands)

Inte re st e arning asse ts
Loans, including loans held for sale
Investments and bank owned life insurance
Fed funds sold and interest bearing balances

with bank and interest bearing cd's

Federal home loan bank stock
Pacific coast bankers bank stock

Total inte re st e arnings asse ts

Inte re st be aring liabilitie s
Interest bearing demand deposits
Savings and money market deposits
T ime deposits
Borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures

Total inte re st be aring liabilitie s

Net interest rate sensitivity GAP
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity GAP
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity GAP

as a % of earnings assets

$

$

$

$

$

Due in one
year or less

Due after
one through
five years

Due after
five years

T otal

223,655 $
30,477

300,517 $
42,039

44,713 $
34,961

18,982
-
-

-
-
-

-
2,896
1,000

568,885
107,477

18,982
2,896
1,000

273,114 $

342,556 $

83,570 $

699,240

151,131 $
203,480
67,638
-
-

$

-
-
50,983
10,000
-

$

-
-

62
1,453
13,403

151,131
203,480
118,683
11,453
13,403

422,249 $

60,983 $

14,918 $

498,150

(149,135) $

281,573 $
132,438

68,652 $

201,090

201,090

21.51%

28.76%

Effects  of  Changing  Prices.    The  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  presented  in  this  report  are  based  on  historical  cost 
information,  and  are  not  adjusted  for  the  effects  of  inflation.    Since  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  financial  institutions  are  primarily 
monetary  in  nature,  the  performance  of  the  Company  is  affected  more  by  changes  in  interest  rates  than  by  inflation.    Interest  rates 
generally increase as the rate of inflation increases, but the magnitude of the change in rates may not be the same. 

The effects of inflation on financial institutions are normally not as significant as its influence on businesses which have investments in 
plants and inventories.  During periods of high inflation there are normally corresponding increases in the money supply, and financial 
institutions will normally experience above-average growth in assets, loans and deposits.  Inflation does increase the price of goods and 
services, and therefore operating expenses increase during inflationary periods. 

ITEM 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Information required for this item is included in Item 15 of this report. 

ITEM 9.  Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures.  Our  management  has  evaluated,  with  the  participation  and  under  the  supervision  of  our  chief 
executive officer (CEO) and chief financial officer (CFO), the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based on this evaluation, our CEO and 
CFO have concluded that, as of such date, the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information 
relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in reports that it files under the Exchange Act is 

44 

 
 
                
                
               
                
               
                
                
                
                
                
               
               
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and 
communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. 

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.   The Company's  management  is responsible for establishing 
and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    The  Company's  internal  control  system  is  designed  to  provide 
reasonable assurance to our management and the board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial 
statements.  Nonetheless, all internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.  Because of these inherent 
limitations,  including  the  possibility  of  collusion  or  improper  management  override  of controls,  material  misstatements  due  to error  or 
fraud  may  occur  and  not  be  detected.    Even  systems  determined  to  be  effective  as  of  a  particular  date  can  provide  only  reasonable 
assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not eliminate the need for restatements.   

The  Company's  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31, 
2014.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992).  Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2014, the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.   

Changes  in  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  There  have  not  been  any  changes  in  the  Company's  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, during the Company's fiscal quarter 
ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over 
financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B.  Other Information 

None. 

Part III 

ITEM 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Information concerning directors and executive officers requested by this item is contained in the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 
annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 29, 2015 (“2015 Proxy Statement”), in the sections entitled "CURRENT EXECUTIVE 
OFFICERS," "PROPOSAL NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS," and "SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING 
COMPLIANCE" and is incorporated into this report by reference. 

The Board of Directors adopted a Code of Ethics for the Company's executive officers that requires the Company's officers to maintain 
the highest standards of professional conduct.  A copy of the Executive Officer Code of Ethics is available on the Company's Web site 
www.bankofthepacific.com under the link for Investor Info and Governance Documents. 

The Company has a separately designated Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.  The 
committee is composed of Directors John Van Dijk, Gary C. Forcum, Dan J. Tupper, Randy Rust, and Dwayne Carter.  Messrs. Forcum, 
Tupper,  Rust  and  Carter  are  independent  applying  the  definition  of  independence  for  audit  committee  members  found  in  the  Nasdaq 
listing  standards.    Director  John  Van  Dijk  is  considered  independent  per  the  Exchange  Act  rules,  but  as  a  former  executive,  he is  not 
independent under the Nasdaq listing standards. 

The Company's Board of Directors has determined that Gary C. Forcum, Randy Rust and John Van Dijk are audit committee financial 
experts as defined in Item 401(h) of the SEC's Regulation S-K.   

ITEM 11.  Executive Compensation  

Information concerning executive and director compensation and certain matters regarding participation in the Company's compensation 
committee  required  by  this  item  is  contained  in  the  registrant's  2015  Proxy  Statement  in  the  sections  entitled  "DIRECTOR 
COMPENSATION FOR 2014" and "EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION," and is incorporated into this report by reference. 

ITEM 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information  concerning  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  requested  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by 
reference  to  the  material  contained  in  the  registrant's  2015  Proxy  Statement  in  the  section  entitled  "SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF 
CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT"  and  under  the  caption  "Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information"  in  the 
section entitled "EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION." 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

Information  concerning  certain  relationships  and  related  transactions  requested  by  this  item  is  contained  in  the  registrant's  2015  Proxy 
Statement  in  the  section  "RELATED  PERSON  TRANSACTIONS"  and  is  incorporated  into  this  report  by  reference.    The  current 
members  of  the  Compensation  and  Management  Development  Committee,  who  were  also  members  throughout  2014,  are  Douglas 
Schermer (Chair), John Van Dijk, Gary Forcum and Randy Rognlin.   

Information concerning director independence requested by this item is contained in the registrant's 2015 Proxy Statement in the section 
entitled "PROPOSAL NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS" and is incorporated into this report by reference. 

ITEM 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information concerning fees paid to our independent public accountants required by this item is included under the heading "AUDITORS 
– Fees Paid to Auditors" in the registrant's 2015 Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this report by reference. 

Part IV 

ITEM 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  (1)  The following financial statements are filed below: 
             Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – BDO USA LLP 
             Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Deloitte & Touche LLP 
             Consolidated Balance Sheets 
             Consolidated Statements of Income 
             Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
             Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity 
             Consolidated Statements of Changes in Cash Flows 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(a)  (2)  Schedules:  None 

(a)  (3)  Exhibits:  See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Pacific Financial Corporation 
Aberdeen, Washington 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Pacific Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2014 and the related 
consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period ended December 31, 
2014.  These financial  statements  are  the responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.    Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion on 
these financial statements based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those 
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material  misstatement.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  have,  nor  were  we  engaged  to  perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over 
financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures 
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence 
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates 
made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of the  financial  statements.    We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of 
Pacific Financial Corporation at December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period ended December 
31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

 /s/ BDO USA LLP 

Spokane, Washington 
March 26, 2015 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
Pacific Financial Corporation 
Aberdeen, Washington 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Pacific Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for 
each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over 
financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures 
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal 
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pacific Financial 
Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in 
the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP  

Portland, Oregon 
March 21, 2014 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION
CONSOLIDAT ED BALANCE SHEET S
(Dollars in T housands, except per share data)

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks

Interest-bearing deposits in banks

T otal cash and cash equivalents

Interest-bearing certificates of deposit (original maturities greater than 90 days)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
Pacific Coast Bankers' Bank stock, at cost
Investment securities:

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair market value

(amortized cost of $86,907 and $97,536)

Investment securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost

(fair value of $1,852 and $2,158)

T otal invest ment securities

Loans held-for-sale

Loans, net  of deferred loan fees

Allowance for loan losses

Loans, net

Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets

Accrued interest receivable 
Cash surrender value of life insurance
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Other asset s

TO TAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHO LDERS' EQ UITY

LIABILITIES
Deposits:

Demand
Interest-bearing demand and savings
T ime deposits

T otal deposits

Accrued interest payable

Short-t erm borrowings

Long-t erm borrowings

Junior subordinated debentures
Other liabilities

T otal liabilit ies

Preferred Stock, par value none

5,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding

Common Stock, par value $1

25,000,000 shares authorized, 10,371,460 shares issued

  and outstanding at 12/31/2014 and 10,182,083 at 12/31/2013

Additional paid-in-capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

T otal shareholders' equity

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

14,782

$

16,255

31,037

2,727
2,896
1,000

12,214

23,734

35,948

2,727
3,013
-

87,440

96,144

$

$

1,829

89,269

5,786

563,099

(8,353)

554,746

16,303

999

2,348
18,742
12,168
1,439
5,347

2,132

98,276

7,765

504,666

(8,359)

496,307

16,790

2,771

2,307
18,237
12,168
1,481
7,249

744,807

$

705,039

$

165,760
354,611
118,683

639,054

145

-

11,453

13,403
8,269
672,324

145,028
336,260
126,059

607,347

167

-

10,000

13,403
6,985
637,902

-

-

10,371
42,991
19,256
(135)
72,483

10,182
41,817
16,507
(1,369)
67,137

TO TAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHO LDERS' EQ UITY

$

744,807

$

705,039

See accompanying notes. 

49 

 
 
 
                   
                        
                       
                        
                       
P ACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION

CONSOLIDAT ED ST AT EMENT S OF INCOME

(Dollars in T housands, Except  per Share Dat a)

INTERES T AND DIVIDEND INC O ME

Loans

Deposit s in banks and federal funds sold

Securit ies available for sale:

T axable

T ax-exempt

Securit ies held t o mat urit y:

T axable

T ax-exempt

FHLB & PCBB dividends

For t he Year Ended

December 31,

December 31,

December 31,

2014

2013

2012

$

26,937 $

24,401 $

89

1,261

749

8

81

33

114

769

798

10

198

-

25,635

84

756

711

14

295

-

T ot al int erest  and dividend income

29,158

26,290

27,495

INTERES T EXPENSE

Deposit s:

Int erest -bearing demand and savings

T ime

Short -t erm borrowings

Long-t erm borrowings

Secured borrowings

Junior subordinat ed debent ures

T ot al int erest  expense

Net  int erest  income

LO AN LO SS  PRO VIS IO N (REC APTURE)

Net  int erest  income aft er loan loss provision (recapt ure)

NO N-INTERES T INC O ME

Service charges on deposit  account s
Net  (loss) gain on sale of ot her real est at e owned
Net  gains from sales of loans
Net  gains on sales of securit ies available for sale
Net  ot her-than-t emporary impairment
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
Ot her operat ing income

T ot al non-int erest  income

NO N-INTERES T EXPENSE

Salaries and employee benefit s
Occupancy
Equipment
Dat a processing
P rofessional services
Ot her real est at e owned writ e-downs
Ot her real est at e owned operat ing cost s
St at e t axes
FDIC and st at e assessment s
Ot her non-int erest  expense

T ot al non-int erest  expense

INC O ME BEFO RE PRO VISIO N FO R INC O ME TAXES

PRO VISIO N FO R INC O ME TAXES

Effe cti ve  Tax Rate

NET INC O ME APPLIC ABLE TO  C O MMO N SHAREHO LDERS

EARNINGS PER C O MMO N SHARE:

BAS IC

DILUTED

W EIGHTED AVERAGE S HARES O UTSTANDING:

BAS IC

DILUTED

581

1,087

1

215

-

241

2,125

27,033

300

26,733

1,809
(207)
3,686
88
(48)
505
2,246

8,079

17,118
2,006
1,050
2,009
745
67
238
417
491
4,014

28,155

6,657

1,730

25.99%

700

1,320

9

214

-

247

2,490

23,800

(450)

24,250

1,731
40
5,171
405
(37)
452
2,193

9,955

17,013
1,839
860
2,268
935
946
408
458
535
4,240

29,502

4,703

972

20.67%

1,084

1,798

79

217

20

286

3,484

24,011

(1,100)

25,111

1,686
331
5,058
303
(333)
510
1,836

9,391

16,215
1,673
801
1,607
750
1,314
550
518
610
4,379

28,417

6,085

1,300

21.36%

$

$

$

4,927 $

3,731 $

4,785

0.48

0.48

$

$

0.37

0.37

$

$

0.47

0.47

10,256,242

10,347,338

10,121,738

10,189,888

10,121,853

10,126,244

See accompanying notes. 

50 

 
 
 
                 
                 
                 
                 
               
               
               
               
               
               
    
    
    
    
    
    
PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION

CONSOLIDAT ED ST AT EMENT S OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in T housands)

For the Year Ended

December 31,

December 31,

December 31,

2014

2013

2012

NET INC O ME

O THER CO MPREHENSIVE INCO ME (LO SS), NET O F TAX:

Change in fair value of securities available-for-sale

Defined benefit plan

T otal other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

CO MPREHENSIVE INCO ME

$

$

4,927

$

3,731

$

4,785

1,269

(35)

1,234

(1,875)

85

(1,790)

536

130

666

6,161

$

1,941

$

5,451

See accompanying notes. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION

CONSOLIDAT ED ST AT EMENT S OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUIT Y

(Dollars in T housands, Except Share Amounts)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

 Additional 
Paid-in Capital 

 Retained 
Earnings 

Accumulated

Other
 Comprehensive 
Income/(Loss) 

BALANC E - Dece mbe r 31, 2011

10,121,853

$

10,122 $

41,342 $

12,051 $

(245) $

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Unrealized holding gain on securities less reclassification

adjustments for net gains included in net income

Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and

net gains

Dividend paid ($0.20 per share)

Stock-based compensation expense

BALANC E - Dece mbe r 31, 2012

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Unrealized holding loss on securities less reclassification

adjustments for net gains included in net income

Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and

net gains

Issuance of common stock

Dividend declared ($0.20 per share)

Stock-based compensation expense

BALANC E - Dece mbe r 31, 2013

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Unrealized holding gain on securities less reclassification

adjustments for net gains included in net income

Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and

net gains

Issuance of common stock

Dividend declared ($0.21 per share)

Stock-based compensation expense

BALANC E - Dece mbe r 31, 2014

T otal
 Shareholders' 
Equity 

63,270

4,785

536

130

(2,024)

24
66,721

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
10,121,853

$

-
10,122 $

24
41,366 $

4,785

-

-

(2,024)

-
14,812 $

-

536

130

-

-
421 $

-

-

-

60,230

-

-

-

-

60

-

-

-

-

334

-

-
10,182,083

$

-
10,182 $

117
41,817 $

-

-

-

189,377

-

-

-

-

189

-

-
10,371,460

$

-
10,371 $

-

-

-

1,035

-

139
42,991 $

3,731

-

3,731

-

-

-

(2,036)

-
16,507 $

(1,875)

(1,875)

85

-

-

-
(1,369) $

85

394

(2,036)

117
67,137

4,927

-

4,927

-

-

-

(2,178)

-
19,256 $

1,269

1,269

(35)

-

-

-
(135) $

(35)

1,224

(2,178)

139
72,483

See accompanying notes. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
                      
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                    
                      
                    
                    
                    
                      
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                      
     
                      
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                    
                      
                    
                    
                    
            
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                      
     
                      
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                    
                      
                    
                    
                    
          
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                      
     
PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDAT ED ST AT EMENT S OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in T housands)

C ASH FLO W S FRO M O PERATING AC TIVITIES
Net  Income
Adjust ment s t o reconcile net  income t o net  cash from operat ing act ivit ies

December 31,
2014

For t he Year Ended
December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

4,927

$

3,731

$

4,785

Provision for (recapt ure of) credit  losses
Depreciat ion and amort izat ion
Deferred income t axes
Originat ions of loans held for sale
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

Net  gain on sales of loans

Net  gain on sales of securit ies available for sale

Net  OT T I recognized in earnings

Loss (gain) on sales of ot her real est at e owned
(Gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment

Earnings on bank owned life insurance

(Increase) decrease in accrued int erest  receivable

Decrease in accrued int erest  payable

Ot her real est at e owned writ e-downs

Addit ions t o ot her real est at e owned

Decrease in prepaid expenses

Ot her operat ing act ivit ies

300
2,538
727
(150,899)
155,846

(3,546)

(88)

48

207
(2)

(505)

(41)

(22)

67

-

12

1,791

(450)
2,328
386
(225,068)
234,194

(5,171)

(405)

37

(40)
36

(452)

(228)

(48)

946

-

2,157

1,003

Net  cash provided by operat ing act ivit ies

11,360

12,956

C ASH FLO W S FRO M INVESTING AC TIVITIES
Net  decrease (increase) in int erest  bearing balances wit h banks
Net  decrease (increase) in cert ificat es of deposit s held for invest ment
Act ivit y in securit ies available for sale:

Sales
Mat urit ies, prepayment s and calls
Purchases

Act ivit y in securit ies held t o mat urit y:
Mat urit ies, prepayment s and calls
Purchases

P roceeds from sales of government  loan pools
(Increase) decrease in loans made t o cust omers, net  of principal collect ions
P urchases of premises and equipment
P roceeds from sales of ot her real est at e owned
Cash received in acquisit ion, net  of cash paid

7,479
-

17,755
8,623
(17,711)

303
-
2,541
(60,809)
(848)
1,527
-

18,953
258

7,832
11,265
(57,521)

4,804
-
6,266
(60,004)
(2,728)
2,660
31,941

(1,100)
1,491
63
(251,435)
256,720

(5,058)

(303)

333

(331)
(6)

(510)

77

(1,277)

1,314

(185)

374

288

5,240

(14,162)
(2,985)

10,917
10,451
(34,194)

286
(200)
1,296
24,105
(844)
4,223
-

Net  cash used in invest ing act ivit ies

(41,140)

(36,274)

(1,107)

C ASH FLO W S FRO M FINANC ING AC TIVITIES
Net  increase in deposit s
Net  decrease in short -t erm borrowings
Decrease in secured borrowings
P roceeds from issuance of long-t erm debt
Repayment s of long-t erm debt
Issuance of common st ock
Cash dividends paid

Net  cash provided by (used in) financing act ivit ies

NET (DEC REASE) INC REAS E IN C AS H AND C ASH EQ UIVALENTS
C ASH AND DUE FRO M BANKS - BEGINNING O F THE PERIO D
C ASH AND DUE FRO M BANKS - END O F THE PERIO D

S UPPLEMENTAL DIS C LO S URES O F C ASH FLO W  INFO RMATIO N
Cash paid for int erest

Cash paid for t axes

S UPPLEMENTAL S C HEDULE O F NO N C ASH INVESTING AND
FINANC ING AC TIVITIES
Change in fair value of securit ies available-for-sale, net  of t ax

T ransfer of loans held for sale t o loans held for invest ment

Ot her real est at e owned acquired in set t lement  of loans

Reclass of current  port ion of long-t erm borrowings t o short -t erm borrowings

Financed sale of ot her real est at e owned

31,707
-
-
1,500
(47)
1,224
(2,036)

32,348

2,568
12,214
14,782

2,147

643

920

578

(842)

-

813

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

21,470
(3,000)
-
2,500
-
394
-

21,364

(1,954)
14,168
12,214

2,536

690

(1,875)

986

(1,756)

-

98

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

193
-

(741)
2,500
(2,500)
-
(2,024)

(2,572)

1,561
12,607
14,168

4,761

1,998

536

1,295

(2,897)

3,000

922

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

See accompanying notes. 

53 

 
 
 
                    
                   
                    
                    
                   
                    
                   
                    
                   
                    
                   
                   
                   
                   
                
               
               
                   
                  
               
                   
                  
                   
                  
               
                  
              
              
                    
                   
               
                   
                    
                  
Pacific Financial Corporation and Subsidiary 
December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the three years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Organization  –  Pacific  Financial  Corporation  (the  “Company”  or  “Pacific”)  is  a  bank  holding  company  headquartered  in  Aberdeen, 
Washington.  The Company owns one banking subsidiary, Bank of the Pacific (the “Bank”), which is also headquartered in Washington.  
The Company was incorporated in the State of Washington in February, 1997, pursuant to a holding company reorganization of the Bank. 
The  Company  has  two  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  PFC  Statutory  Trust  I  and  II  (the  Trusts),  which  do  not  meet  the  criteria  for 
consolidation, and therefore, are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. The Company was incorporated in the State of 
Washington on February 12, 1997, pursuant to a holding company reorganization of the Bank. 

The  Company  conducts  its  banking  business  through  the  Bank,  which  operates  17  branches  located  in  communities  in  Grays  Harbor, 
Pacific, Whatcom, Clark, Skagit and Wahkiakum counties in the state of Washington and three in Clatsop County, Oregon.  In addition, 
the  Bank  operates  two  loan  production  offices  in  Burlington  and  Dupont,  Washington  and  has  a  residential  real  estate  mortgage 
department.  During  second  quarter  2013,  the  Bank  completed  the  acquisition  of  three  branches  from  Sterling  Savings  Bank.  Total 
deposits assumed were $37.6 million and loans acquired totaled $4.0 million. Of the three branches purchased, two were consolidated into 
existing  Pacific  branches  to  maximize  branch  efficiencies  resulting  in  one  new  branch  in  Astoria,  Oregon.  Separately,  the  Company 
opened a full-service branch in Warrenton, Oregon in October 2013 that further expands operations on the northern Oregon coast. 

Basis  of  presentation  –  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Pacific  Financial  Corporation  and  its  wholly-
owned subsidiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

The interim consolidated financial statements are not audited, but include all adjustments that Management considers necessary for a fair 
presentation of consolidated financial condition and results of operations for the interim periods presented.  

Method  of  accounting  and  use  of  estimates  –  The  Company  prepares  its  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with 
accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America  and  prevailing  practices  within  the  banking  industry.  This 
requires  Management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of 
contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  income  and  expenses 
during  the  reporting  periods.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Significant  estimates  made  by  Management  involve  the 
calculation of the allowance for loan losses, impaired loans, the fair value of available-for-sale investment securities, deferred tax assets, 
and the value of other real estate owned and foreclosed assets.  

The Company utilizes the accrual method of accounting, which recognizes income when earned and expenses when incurred.  

In  preparing  these  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  evaluated  events  and  transactions  subsequent  to  December  31,  2014,  for 
potential  recognition  or  disclosure  in  the  financial  statements.  In  Management’s  opinion,  all  accounting  adjustments  necessary  to 
accurately  reflect  the  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  on  the  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  made.  These 
adjustments include normal and recurring accruals considered necessary for a fair and accurate presentation.  

Securities Available for Sale – Securities available for sale consist of debt securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite 
period, but not necessarily to  maturity.   Securities available for sale are reported at fair value.  Unrealized gains and losses, net of the 
related deferred tax effect, are reported net as a separate component of shareholders' equity entitled “accumulated other comprehensive 
income  (loss).”    Realized  gains  and  losses  on  securities  available  for  sale,  determined  using  the  specific  identification  method,  are 
included in earnings.  Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income over the period to maturity. 
For  mortgage-backed  securities,  actual  maturity  may  differ  from  contractual  maturity  due  to  principal  payments  and  amortization  of 
premiums and accretion of discounts may vary due to prepayment speed assumptions. 

Securities Held to Maturity -- Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported 
at  cost,  adjusted  for  amortization  of  premiums  and  accretion  of  discounts,  which  are  recognized  in  interest  income  over  the  period  to 
maturity. 

Declines in the fair value of individual securities held to maturity and available for sale that are deemed to be other than temporary are 
reflected in earnings when identified.  Management evaluates individual securities for other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on a 
quarterly  basis.    OTTI  is  separated  into  a  credit  and  noncredit  component.    Noncredit  component  losses  are  recorded  in  other 
comprehensive income (loss) when the Company a) does not intend to sell the security or b) is not more likely than not it will be required 
to sell the security prior to the security’s anticipated recovery.  Credit component losses are reported in non-interest income. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock -- The Company’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is carried at cost.  The 
Company  is  required  to  maintain  a  minimum  level  of  investment  in  FHLB  stock  based  on  specific  percentages  of  its  outstanding 
mortgages, total assets or FHLB advances.   

The Company views its investment in the FHLB stock as a long-term investment.  Based on the Company’s evaluation of the underlying 
investment, including the long-term nature of the investment, the liquidity position of the FHLB, the actions being taken by the FHLB to 
address its regulatory situation and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to recover the 
par  value,  the Company  does  not  believe  its  investment  with  the  FHLB  is  impaired.    Even  though  the  Company  did  not  determine  its 
investment in the FHLB stock was impaired at December 31, 2014, future deterioration of the FHLB’s financial condition may result in 
future impairment losses. 

Pacific Coast Bankers Bank Stock -- The Company’s investment in Pacific Coast Bankers Bank (“PCBB”) stock is carried at cost.   

Loans Held for Sale -- Mortgage loans originated for sale in the foreseeable future in the secondary market are carried at the lower of 
aggregate cost or estimated fair value.  Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized at settlement date and are determined by the 
difference  between  the  sales  proceeds  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  loans.    Net  unrealized  losses  are  recognized  through  a  valuation 
allowance  established by  charges  to  income.    Loans held for  sale  that  are  unable  to be  sold  in  the  secondary  market  are  transferred  to 
loans receivable when identified. 

Loans Receivable -- Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or 
pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any deferred fees 
or costs on originated loans, and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.  Loan fees and certain direct loan origination 
costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized as an adjustment of yield over the contractual life of the related loans using the 
effective interest method.  

Interest income on loans is accrued over the term of the loans based upon the principal outstanding.  The accrual of interest on loans is 
discontinued when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they come due.  When interest accrual is 
discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income.  Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent 
that cash payments are received until, in management’s judgment, the borrower has the ability to make contractual interest and principal 
payments, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status.     

Allowance  for  loan  losses  --  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  through  a  provision  that  is  charged  to  earnings  as  probable 
losses are incurred.  Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectability of a loan balance is unlikely.  
Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.   

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  evaluated on  a  regular basis  by  management  and  is  based upon  management’s periodic  review of  the 
collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect 
the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions.  The evaluation is inherently 
subjective, as it requires estimates that are  susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.  The Company’s 
methodology  for  assessing  the  appropriateness  of  the  allowance  consists  of  several  key  elements,  which  includes  a  general  formulaic 
allowance  and  a  specific  allowance  on  impaired  loans.    The  formulaic  portion  of  the  general  credit  loss  allowance  is  established  by 
applying a loss percentage factor to the different loan types based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.   

A  loan  is  considered  impaired  when,  based  on  current  information  and  events,  it  is  probable  the  Company  will  be  unable  to  collect 
principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement.  Factors considered by management in 
determining  impairment  include  payment  status,  collateral  value,  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest 
payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls are generally not classified as impaired.  
Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all 
of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrowers, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s 
prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.  Impairment is measured on a loan by 
loan basis for commercial, construction and real estate loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at 
the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs if the loan is collateral dependent.  When the 
net realizable value of an impaired loan is less than the book value of the loan, impairment is recognized by adjusting the allowance for 
loan losses.  Uncollected accrued interest is reversed against interest income.  If ultimate collection of principal is in doubt, all subsequent 
cash receipts including interest payments on impaired loans are applied to reduce the principal balance. 

For all portfolio segments, a restructuring of a debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the Company grants a concession 
to  the  borrower  for  economic  or  legal  reasons  related  to  the  borrower’s  financial  difficulties  that  it  would  not  otherwise  consider. 
Restructured workout  loans  typically  present  an  elevated  level  of  credit  risk  as  the  borrowers  are  not  able  to  perform  according  to  the 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
original contractual terms. Loans or leases that are reported as TDRs are considered impaired and measured for impairment as described 
above. 

Premises and Equipment -- Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is computed on the straight-
line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Asset lives range from 3 to 39 years.  Leasehold improvements are amortized 
over  the  terms  of  the  respective  leases  or  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  improvements,  whichever  is  less.    Gains  or  losses  on 
dispositions are reflected in earnings. 

Other Real Estate Owned -- Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at 
the fair value of the properties less estimated costs of disposal.  Any write-down to fair value at the time of transfer to other real estate 
owned (“OREO”) is charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Properties are evaluated regularly to ensure that the recorded amounts are 
supported by their current fair values, and that write-downs to reduce the carrying amounts to fair value less estimated costs to dispose are 
recorded  as  necessary.  Any  subsequent  reductions  in  carrying  values,  and  revenue  and  expense  from  the  operations  of  properties,  are 
charged to operations. 

Goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  --  At  December  31,  2014  the  Company  had  $13,607  in  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets.  
Goodwill  is  initially  recorded  when  the  purchase  price  paid  for  an  acquisition  exceeds  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  net  identified 
tangible and intangible assets acquired.  Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for potential impairment during the second quarter on 
an annual basis or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment, at the reporting unit level.  The Company 
has one reporting unit, the Bank, for purposes of computing goodwill.  The analysis of potential impairment of goodwill requires a two-
step process. The first step is a comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. If the reporting unit’s fair value is less 
than its carrying value, the Company would be required to progress to the second step. In the second step the Company calculates the 
implied fair value of its reporting unit. The Company compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying amount of goodwill on 
the  Company’s  balance  sheet.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  the  goodwill  is  greater  than  the  implied  fair  value  of  that  goodwill,  an 
impairment  loss  must  be  recognized  in  an  amount  equal  to  that  excess.  The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  in  the  same 
manner as goodwill recognized in a business combination.  The estimated fair value of the Company is allocated to all of the Company’s 
individual  assets  and  liabilities,  including  any  unrecognized  identifiable  intangible  assets,  as  if  the  Company  had  been  acquired  in  a 
business combination and the estimated fair value of the Company is the price paid to acquire it. The allocation process is performed only 
for purposes of determining the amount of goodwill impairment, as no assets or liabilities are written up or down, nor are any additional 
unrecognized identifiable intangible assets recorded as a part of this process.  

The  results  of  the  Company’s  annual  impairment  test  determined  the  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  exceeded  its  carrying  value  and  no 
goodwill  impairment  existed.    As  of December  31,  2014  management  determined  there  were no  events  or  circumstances which would 
more likely than not reduce the fair value of its reporting unit below its carrying value.  No assurance can be given that the Company will 
not record an impairment loss on goodwill in the future. 

Core deposit intangibles are amortized to non-interest expenses using an accelerated method over ten years.  Net unamortized core deposit 
intangible totaled $171 and $213 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Amortization expense related to core deposit intangible 
totaled $43 and $28 during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.   

In  2006,  the  Bank  completed  a  deposit  transfer  and  assumption  transaction  with  an  Oregon-based  bank  for  a  $1,268  premium.   In 
connection  with  completion  of  the  transaction,  the  Oregon  Department  of  Consumer  and  Business  Services  issued  a  Certificate  of 
Authority  to  the  Bank  authorizing  it  to  conduct  a  banking  business  in  the  State  of  Oregon.   The  premium,  and  the  resultant  right  to 
conduct business in Oregon, is recorded as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. 

Impairment  of  long-lived  assets  --  Management  periodically  reviews  the  carrying  value  of  its  long-lived  assets  to  determine  if  an 
impairment has occurred or whether changes in circumstances have occurred that would require a revision to the remaining useful life, of 
which there have been none.  In making such determination, management evaluates the performance, on an undiscounted basis, of the 
underlying operations or assets which give rise to such amount. 

Transfers of Financial Assets -- Transfers of financial assets, including cash, investment securities, loans and loans held for sale, are 
accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered 
when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from 
taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over 
the  transferred  assets  through  either  an  agreement  to  repurchase  them  before  their  maturity,  or  the  ability  to  cause  the  buyer  to  return 
specific assets. 

Income Taxes -- Deferred tax assets and liabilities result from differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities, and are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax 

56 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when management 
determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  As changes in tax laws or 
rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return.  The Bank provides for income taxes separately and remits to the Company 
amounts currently due in accordance with a tax allocation agreement between the Company and the Bank. 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.  The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties 
on unrecognized tax benefits in “Income Taxes” in the consolidated statements of income.  There were no amounts related to interest and 
penalties recognized for the year ended December 31, 2014. The tax years that remain subject to examination by federal and state taxing 
authorities are the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.   

Stock-Based Compensation -- Accounting guidance requires measurement of compensation cost for all stock based awards based on the 
grant date fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period of stock based awards.  The fair value of stock options 
is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model.  The Company’s stock compensation plans are described more fully in Note 15. 

Cash Equivalents and Cash Flows -- The Company considers all amounts included in the balance sheet caption “Cash and due from 
banks” to be cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents have a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase.  Cash flows from 
loans,  interest  bearing  deposits  in  banks,  federal  funds  sold,  short-term  borrowings,  secured  borrowings  and  deposits  are  reported  net.  
The Company maintains balances in depository institution accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.  The Company 
has not experienced any losses in such accounts. 

Certificates  of  Deposit  Held  for  Investment  --  Certificates  of  deposit  held  for  investments  include  amounts  invested  with  financial 
institutions  for  a  stated  interest  rate  and  maturity  date.  Early  withdraw  penalties  apply,  however  the  Company  plans  to  hold  these 
investments to maturity. 

Earnings  Per  Share  --  Basic  earnings  per  share  excludes  dilution  and  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average 
number of common shares outstanding.  Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if common shares were 
issued pursuant to the exercise of options under the Company’s stock option plans.  Stock options excluded from the calculation of diluted 
earnings per share because they are antidilutive, were 361,545, 436,495, and 532,106 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Outstanding 
warrants also excluded were 0, 638,920, and 699,642 for the years ended 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 

Comprehensive Income -- Recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses are included in net income.  Certain changes in assets and 
liabilities,  such  as  prior  service  costs  and  amortization  of  prior  service  costs  related  to  defined  benefit  plans  and  unrealized  gains  and 
losses  on  securities  available  for  sale,  are reported  within  equity  in  other  accumulated  comprehensive  loss  in  the  consolidated  balance 
sheets.  Such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.  Gains and losses on securities available for sale 
are reclassified to net income as the gains or losses are realized upon sale of the securities.  Other-than-temporary impairment charges are 
reclassified to net income at the time of the charge. 

Business  Segment  -- The  Company  operates  a  single business  segment.    The  financial information  that  is  used by the  chief operating 
decision maker in allocating resources and assessing performance is only provided for one reportable segment as of December 31, 2014, 
2013 and 2012. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements -- In July 2013, FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit 
When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists." The provisions of ASU No. 2013-
11 require an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or portion thereof, in the statement of financial position as a reduction to a 
deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward, with certain exceptions related to availability. ASU 
No.  2013-11  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2013.  The  disclosures  required  from 
adoption of this ASU have been included in these financial statements.  

In January 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors – Reclassification of Residential 
Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure”.  ASU 2014-04 clarifies when banks and similar institutions 
(creditors) should reclassify mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate properties from the loan portfolio to other real estate 
owned (OREO). The ASU also requires certain interim and annual disclosures.  ASU 2014-04 is effective for interim and annual periods 
beginning after December 15, 2014.  The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on its 
financial statements. 

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. Under this Update, FASB created a new Topic 
606 which is in response to a joint initiative of FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board to clarify the principles for 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
recognizing revenue and to develop a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and international financial reporting standards that 
would: 

1. Remove inconsistencies and weaknesses in revenue requirements. 
2. Provide a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues. 
3. Improve comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions, and capital markets. 
4. Provide more useful information to users of financial statements through improved disclosure requirements. 
5. Simplify the preparation of financial statements by reducing the number of requirements to which an entity must refer. 

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods 
within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this Update will 
have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In  August  2014,  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-14,  “Receivables-  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  by  Creditors;  Classification  of  Certain 
Government-Guaranteed  Mortgage  Loans  Upon  Foreclosure”.    This  ASU  will  require  creditors  to  derecognize  certain  foreclosed 
government-guaranteed mortgage loans and to recognize a separate other receivable that is measured at the amount the creditor expects to 
recover from the guarantor, and to treat the guarantee and the receivable as a single unit of account. ASU 2014-14 is effective for interim 
and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014.  The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a 
material effect on its financial statements. 

NOTE 2 – RESTRICTED ASSETS 

Federal Reserve Board regulations require that the Bank maintain certain minimum reserve balances in cash on hand and on deposit with 
the Federal Reserve Bank, based on a percentage of deposits.  The average amount of such balances for the years ended December 31, 
2014 and 2013 was approximately $1,031 and $953, respectively. 

58 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3 - SECURITIES 

Investment  securities  consist  principally  of  short  and  intermediate  term  debt  instruments  issued  by  the  U.S.  Treasury,  other  U.S. 
government agencies, state and local governments, other corporations, and mortgaged backed securities (“MBS”).  Investment securities 
have been classified according to management’s intent.  The amortized cost of securities and their approximate fair value are as follows: 

Investment securities at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 consisted of the following:
(Dollars in T housands)

Available-for-sale:
Collateralized mortgage obligations: agency issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations: non-agency
Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued
U.S. Government and agency securities
State and municipal securities

T otal available-for-sale

Held-to-maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued

State and municipal securities

T otal held-to-maturity

Available-for-sale:
Collateralized mortgage obligations: agency issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations: non agency
Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued
U.S. Government agency securities
State and municipal securities
Corporate bonds

T otal available-for-sale

Held-to-maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued

State and municipal securities

T otal held-to-maturity

Amortized
  cost  

December 31, 2014

 Gross
unrealized
gains

Gross
unrealized
losses

Fair
value

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

38,949
535
12,325
7,977
27,121

$

236
-
39
111
850

$

418
8
165
32
80

86,907

$

1,236

$

703

$

123

$

1,706

1,829

$

12

11

23

$

$

-

-

-

Amortized
  cost  

December 31, 2013

 Gross
unrealized
gains

Gross
unrealized
losses

$

39,791
2,251
13,671
8,859
31,973
991

$

246
3
21
34
774
-

1,246
243
303
82
587
9

$

$

$

97,536

$

1,078

$

2,470

$

159

$

1,973

2,132

$

13

13

26

$

$

-

-

-

$

$

38,767
527
12,199
8,056
27,891

87,440

135

1,717

1,852

Fair
value

38,791
2,011
13,389
8,811
32,160
982

96,144

172

1,986

2,158

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
Unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in continuous 
unrealized loss position, as of December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, are summarized as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

At December 31, 2014

Available-for-sale:

Less than 12 months

12 months or more 

T otal

Fair Value

Unrealized

Losses

Unrealized

Fair Value

Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized

Losses

Collateralized mortgage obligations: agency issued

$

5,836 $

27 $

17,446 $

391 $

23,282 $

Collateralized mortgage obligations: non agency

Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued

U.S. Government agency securities

State and municipal securities

T otal

335

2,883

-

2

80

-

192

6,888

3,615

6

85

32

527

9,771

3,615

5,123
14,177 $

$

41
150 $

3,054
31,195 $

39
553 $

8,177
45,372 $

418

8

165

32

80
703

At December 31, 2013

Available-for-sale:

Less than 12 months

12 months or more 

T otal

Fair Value

Unrealized

Losses

Unrealized

Fair Value

Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized

Losses

Collateralized mortgage obligations: agency issued

$

21,043

$

778

$

6,265

$

Collateralized mortgage obligations: non agency

Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued

U.S. Government agency securities

State and municipal securities

Corporate bonds

T otal

389

7,752

5,550

11,551

982

27

218

82

485

9

1,619

2,643

-

1,821

-

468

216

85

-

102

-

$

27,308

$

1,246

2,008

10,395

5,550

13,372

982

243

303

82

587

9

$

47,267

$

1,599

$

12,348

$

871

$

59,615

$

2,470

At December 31, 2014, there were 56 investment securities in an unrealized loss position, of which 38 were in a continuous loss position 
for 12 months or more.  The unrealized losses on these securities were caused by changes in interest rates, widening pricing spreads and 
market illiquidity, leading to a decline in the fair value subsequent to their purchase.  The Company has evaluated the securities shown 
above and anticipates full recovery of amortized cost with respect to these securities at maturity or sooner in the event of a more favorable 
market environment.  Based on management’s evaluation, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it 
is  not  more  likely  than  not  that  it  will  have  to  sell  the  securities  before  recovery  of  cost  basis,  the  Company  does  not  consider  these 
investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014. 

For collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”) the Company estimates expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral, together 
with any credit enhancements.  The expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral are determined using the remaining contractual 
cash flows adjusted for future expected credit losses (which considers current delinquencies, future expected default rates and collateral 
value by vintage) and prepayments.  The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted to arrive at a present value amount.  For 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, no CMO was determined to be other-than-temporarily-impaired.  For the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2013, one CMO was determined to be other-than-temporarily-impaired.  This security was sold in second quarter 
2014, incurring a loss of $69,000.  The Company recorded $48,000, $37,000, and $333,000 in impairments related to credit losses through 
earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 respectively.   

The following table presents the cash proceeds from the  sales of securities and their associated gross realized gains and gross realized 
losses that are included in earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012: 

Investment securities gross gains and losses

(Dollars in T housands)

Gross realized gain on sale of securities

Gross realized loss on sale of securities

Net realized gain on sale of securities

Proceeds from sale of securities

$

$

$

December 31, 
2014

For the Year Ended
December 31, 
2013

December 31, 
2012

315 $

(227)

88 $

448 $

(43)

405 $

332

(29)

303

17,755 $

7,832 $

10,917

60 

 
 
 
 
 
              
                   
        
                   
          
            
        
                
             
                     
          
            
          
                   
          
                   
          
              
        
                   
          
                     
                  
                 
          
                     
        
                   
          
            
        
                   
             
                       
                  
                 
             
                       
        
                
        
            
        
                
The Company did not engage in originating subprime mortgage loans, and it does not believe that it has material exposure to subprime 
mortgage loans or subprime mortgage backed securities.  Additionally, the Company does not own any sovereign debt of Eurozone 
nations or structured financial products, such as collateralized debt obligations or structured investment vehicles, which are known by the 
Company to have elevated risk characteristics.   

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2014, by maturity are shown below.  The amortized 
cost and fair value of collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed securities are presented by expected average life, rather 
than contractual  maturity.  Expected maturities  may differ from contractual maturities  because borrowers may have the right to prepay 
underlying loans without prepayment penalties. 

At December 31, 2014

(Dollars in T housands)

Held-to-maturity

Available-for-sale

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Declining Balance Securities

T otal investment securities

$

$

$

-
-
889
817
123

-
-
899
818
135

$

325 $

8,636
12,903
13,234
51,809

329
8,662
13,160
13,796
51,493

1,829 $

1,852

$

86,907 $

87,440

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, investment securities with an estimated fair value of $84.1 million and $57.4 million, respectively, were 
pledged to secure public deposits, certain nonpublic deposits and borrowings. 

As required of all members of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, the Company maintains an investment in the capital stock 
of the FHLB in an amount equal to the greater of $500,000 or 0.5% of home mortgage loans and pass-through securities plus 5.0% of the 
outstanding  balance  of  mortgage  home  loans  sold  to  FHLB  under  the  Mortgage  Purchase  Program.  The  FHLB  system,  the  largest 
government sponsored entity in the United States, is made up of 12 regional banks, including the FHLB of Seattle.  Participating banks 
record  the  value  of  FHLB  stock  equal  to  its  par  value  at  $100  per  share.    At  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  held 
approximately $2.9 million and 3.0 million, respectively, in FHLB stock.   

The  Company  is  required  to  hold  FHLB’s  stock  in  order  to  receive  advances  and  views  this  investment  as  long-term.    Thus,  when 
evaluating it for impairment, the value is determined based on the recovery of the par value through redemption by the FHLB or from the 
sale to another member, rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The FHLB of Seattle disclosed that it reported net income 
for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2014, at which time it declared a cash dividend.  On November 22, 2013, the FHLB of 
Seattle entered into an amended Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order with the Federal Housing Finance Agency 
(“Finance Agency”), modifying the previous order issued on October 25, 2010. The Finance Agency now deems the FHLB of Seattle to 
be “adequately capitalized” under the Finance Agency’s Prompt Corrective Action rule. The Company has concluded that its investment 
in FHLB is not impaired as of December 31, 2014, and believes that it will ultimately recover the par value of its investment in this stock.  

The Company owns $1.0 million in common stock in Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares (PCBB), from which the Company receives a 
variety of corresponding banking services through its banking subsidiary Pacific Coast Bankers Bank.  An investment by the Company in 
such  an  entity  is  permissible  under  12  CFR  362.3(a)(2)(iv).   When  evaluating  this  investment  for  impairment,  the  value  is  determined 
based on the recovery of the par value through any redemption by PCBB or from the sale to another eligible purchaser, rather than by 
recognizing temporary declines in value. PCBB disclosed that it reported net income for the twelve month period ended December 31, 
2014 and maintains capital ratios that exceed “well capitalized” standards for regulatory purposes.  

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
               
               
               
NOTE 4 – LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND CREDIT QUALITY 

Loans 

Loans held in the portfolio at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, are as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

Commercial and agricultural

$

120,517

$

104,111

Real estate:

Construction and development

Residential 1-4 family

Multi-family

Commercial real estate -- owner occupied

Commercial real estate -- non owner occupied

Farmland

Consumer

Gross loans

     Less:  deferred fees

26,711

92,965

18,541

125,632

117,137

22,245

40,565

564,313

(1,214)

29,096

87,762

17,520

105,594

117,294

23,698

20,728

505,803

(1,137)

Portfolio Loans

$

563,099

$

504,666

Allowance for loan losses and credit quality 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  represents  the  Company’s  estimate  as  to  the  probable  credit  losses  inherent  in  its  loan  portfolio.  The 
allowance for loan losses is increased through periodic charges to earnings through provision for loan losses and represents the aggregate 
amount, net  of  loans  charged-off  and recoveries  on  previously  charged-off  loans,  that is  needed  to  establish  an  appropriate  reserve  for 
credit losses. The allowance is estimated based on a variety of factors and using a methodology as described below: 

(cid:2)  The Company classifies loans into relatively homogeneous pools by loan type in accordance with regulatory guidelines for 
regulatory reporting purposes. The Company regularly reviews all loans within each loan category to establish risk ratings 
for them that include Pass, Watch, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. Pursuant to ASC 310 “Accounting by 
Creditors for Impairment of  a Loan”, the impaired portion of collateral  dependent loans is charged-off. Other risk-related 
loans  not  considered  impaired  have  loss  factors  applied  to  the  various  loan  pool  balances  to  establish  loss  potential  for 
provisioning purposes. 

(cid:2)  Analyses  are  performed  to  establish  the  loss  factors  based  on  historical  experience,  as  well  as  expected  losses  based  on 
qualitative  evaluations  of  such  factors  as  the  economic  trends  and  conditions,  industry  conditions,  levels  and  trends  in 
delinquencies and impaired loans, levels and trends in charge-offs and recoveries, among others. The loss factors are applied 
to  loan  category  pools  segregated  by  risk  classification  to  estimate  the  loss  inherent  in  the  Company’s  loan  portfolio 
pursuant to ASC 450 “Accounting for Contingencies.” 

(cid:2)  Additionally,  impaired  loans  are  evaluated  for  loss  potential  on  an  individual  basis  in  accordance  with  ASC  310 
“Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and specific reserves are established based on thorough analysis of 
collateral values where loss potential exists. When an impaired loan is collateral dependent and a deficiency exists in the fair 
value of collateral securing the loan in comparison to the associated loan balance, the deficiency is charged-off at that time 
or a specific reserve is established. Impaired loans are reviewed no less frequently than quarterly. 

(cid:2) 

In the event that a current appraisal to support the fair value of the real estate collateral underlying an impaired loan has not 
yet  been  received,  but  the  Company  believes  that  the  collateral  value  is  insufficient  to  support  the  loan  amount,  an 
impairment  reserve  is  recorded.  In  these  instances,  the  receipt  of  a  current  appraisal  triggers  an  updated  review  of  the 
collateral support for the loan and any deficiency is charged-off or reserved at that time. In those instances where a current 
appraisal is not available in a timely manner in relation to a financial reporting cut-off date, the Company discounts the most 
recent  third-party  appraisal  depending  on  a  number  of  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  property  location,  local  price 
volatility,  local  economic  conditions,  and  recent  comparable  sales.  In  all  cases,  the  costs  to  sell  the  subject  property  are 
deducted in arriving at the fair value of the collateral. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the twelve months ended December, 2014 and 2013 were as follows: 

Allowance for Loan Losses

Dollars in Thousands

Commercial Real

Residential

Commercial

Estate ("CRE")

Real Estate

Consumer

Unallocated

Total

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014

Beginning balance

Charge-offs and concessions
Recoveries
Provision / (recapture)

Ending balance

$

$

775 $
(26)
11
262

3,506 $
(533)
425
21

675 $

(129)
22
133

744 $
(79)
3
311

2,659 $

-
-
(427)

1,022 $

3,419 $

701 $

979 $

2,232 $

8,359
(767)
461
300

8,353

Allowance for Loan Losses

Dollars in Thousands

Commercial

Commercial Real
Estate ("CRE")

Residential
Real Estate

Consumer

Unallocated

Total

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013

Beginning balance

Charge-offs and concessions
Recoveries
Provision / (recapture)

Ending balance

$

$

923 $

(131)

36

(53)

775 $

4,098 $
(90)

226

(728)

829 $

(453)

14

285

531 $

(154)

3

364

2,977 $

-
-
(318)

3,506 $

675 $

744 $

2,659 $

9,358

(828)

279

(450)

8,359

Recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows: 

Schedule of Loan Losses Related to Financing Receivables Current and Noncurrent

Dollars in Thousands

As of December 31, 2014

Allowance for Loan Losses:
Ending balance: individually evaluated

for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated
for impairment

Total allowance for loan losses

Loans:

Ending balance: individually evaluated

for impairment

Ending balance: collectively evaluated

for impairment

Ending balance

Less deferred fees

Ending balance total loans

$

$

$

$

$

Commercial

Commercial Real
Estate ("CRE")

Residential
Real Estate

Consumer

Unallocated

Total

-

$

1,022

1,022 $

249 $

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,170

3,419 $

701

701 $

979

979 $

2,232

2,232 $

380 $

9,864 $

1,067 $

-

$

120,137 $

281,861 $

110,439 $

40,565 $

120,517 $

291,725 $

111,506 $

40,565 $

-

-

-

$

$

$

$

$

63 

249

8,104

8,353

11,311

553,002

564,313

(1,214)

563,099

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
                
                
                
                  
              
              
                
              
                
                
                
Schedule of Loan Losses Related to Financing Receivables Current and Noncurrent

Dollars in Thousands

As of December 31, 2013

Allowance for Loan Losses:
Ending balance: individually evaluated

for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated
for impairment

Total allowance for loan losses

Loans:

Ending balance: individually evaluated

for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated
for impairment

Ending balance

Less deferred fees

Ending balance total loans

Credit Quality Indicators 

$

$

$

$

$

$

Commercial

Commercial Real
Estate ("CRE")

Residential
Real Estate

Consumer

Unallocated

Total

-

$

775 $

775 $

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

3,506 $

3,506 $

675 $

675 $

744 $

744 $

2,659 $

2,659 $

8,359

8,359

587 $

8,656 $

626 $

53 $

103,524 $

267,026 $

104,656 $

20,675 $

104,111 $

275,682 $

105,282 $

20,728 $

-

-

-

$

$

$

$

$

9,922

495,881

505,803

(1,137)

504,666

Federal  regulations  require  that  the  Bank  periodically  evaluate  the  risks  inherent  in  its  loan  portfolios.  In  addition,  the  Washington 
Division of Banks and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) have authority to identify problem loans and, if appropriate, 
require them to be reclassified. There are three classifications for problem loans: Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss. These terms are used 
as follows: 

(cid:2)  “Substandard”  loans  have  one  or  more  defined  weaknesses  and  are  characterized  by  the  distinct  possibility  some  loss  will  be 

sustained if the deficiencies are not corrected.  

(cid:2)  “Doubtful”  loans  have  the  weaknesses  of  loans  classified  as  "Substandard,"  with  additional  characteristics  that  suggest  the 
weaknesses make collection or recovery in full after liquidation of collateral questionable on the basis of currently existing facts, 
conditions, and values. There is a high possibility of loss in loans classified as "Doubtful."  

(cid:2)  “Loss”  loans  are  considered  uncollectible  and  of  such  little  value  that  continued  classification  of  the  credit  as  a  loan  is  not 
warranted. If a loan or a portion thereof is classified as "Loss," it must be charged-off; meaning the amount of the loss is charged 
against the allowance for loan losses, thereby reducing that reserve.  

The Bank also classifies some loans as “Pass” or Other Loans Especially Mentioned (“OLEM”). Within the Pass classification certain 
loans are “Watch” rated because they have elements of risk that require more monitoring than other performing loans. Pass grade loans 
include a range of loans from very high credit quality to acceptable credit quality.  These borrowers generally have strong to acceptable 
capital  levels  and  consistent  earnings  and  debt  service  capacity.    Loans  with  higher  grades  within  the  Pass  category  may  include 
borrowers who are experiencing unusual operating difficulties, but have acceptable payment performance to date.  Overall, loans with a 
Pass  grade  show  no  immediate  loss  exposure.    Loans  classified  as  OLEM  continue  to  perform  but  have  shown  deterioration  in  credit 
quality and require close monitoring. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
                      
              
              
                
              
                
                
                
Credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were as follows:
(Dollars in T housands)
December 31, 2014

Other Loans 
Especially 
Mentioned

Pass

Substandard

Doubtful

T otal

Commercial and agricultural
Real estate:

Construction and development
Residential 1-4 family
Multi-family
Commercial real estate -- owner occupied

Commercial real estate -- non owner occupied
Farmland

T otal real estate

Consumer

Less deferred fees

$

111,800 $

6,354 $

2,363 $

                   $

-

120,517

25,696
89,183
18,274
117,444

94,068
20,130
364,795

40,436

-

50
684
267
1,717

17,587
1,862
22,167

82

-

965
3,098
-
6,471

5,233
253
16,020

47

-

-
-
-
-

249
-

249

-

-

26,711
92,965
18,541
125,632

117,137
22,245
403,231

40,565

(1,214)

T otal loans

$

517,031 $

28,603 $

18,430 $

249 $

563,099

December 31, 2013

Commercial and agricultural
Real estate:

Construction and development
Residential 1-4 family
Multi-family
Commercial real estate -- owner occupied
Commercial real estate -- non owner occupied
Farmland

T otal real estate

Consumer

Less deferred fees

Other Loans 
Especially 
Mentioned

Pass

Substandard

Doubtful

T otal

$

100,262 $

2,858 $

991 $

                   $

-

104,111

26,587
84,407
17,520
100,612
98,044
20,228
347,398

20,570

-

1,101
554
-

1,019
16,752
2,464
21,890

62

-

1,408
2,801
-

3,963
2,498
1,006
11,676

96

-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

29,096
87,762
17,520
105,594
117,294
23,698
380,964

20,728

(1,137)

T otal loans

$

468,230 $

24,810 $

12,763 $

                   $

-

504,666

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
        
Impaired Loans 

Impaired loans by type as of December 31, 2014, and interest income recognized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, were 
as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

December 31, 2014

With no Related Allowance:

Commercial
Consumer
Residential real estate
Commercial real estate:

CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied
Farmland
Construction and development

T otal

With a Related Allowance:

Consumer
Residential real estate
CRE -- non owner occupied

T otal

T otal Impaired Loans:

Commercial
Consumer
Residential real estate
Commercial real estate:

CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied
Farmland
Construction and development
T otal Impaired Loans

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Recorded
Investment

Related
Allowance

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

$

$

$

$

$

$

418 $
-
1,359

1,381
7,642
-
3,023
13,823 $

$

-
-

249
249 $

418 $
-

1,359

1,381
7,891
-

3,023
14,072 $

380 $
-
1,067

1,379
7,271
-
965
11,062 $

$

-
-

249
249 $

380 $
-

1,067

1,379
7,520
-

965
11,311 $

$

$

$

-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-

249
249 $

$

-
-

249

-

-
-
-
249 $

439 $
53
866

1,662
4,705
716
1,201
9,642 $

$

-
-

83
83 $

439 $
53
866

1,662
4,788
716
1,201
9,725 $

19

58

-

-

45
225
57
404

-
-
-
-

19
-

58

-

45
225
57
404

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    
                
                
                    
                
                    
                    
                
                    
                
                
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
Impaired loans by type as of December 31, 2013, and interest income recognized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, were 
as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

December 31, 2013

With no Related Allowance:

Commercial
Consumer
Residential real estate
Commercial real estate:

CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied
Farmland
Construction and development

T otal

With a Related Allowance:

Consumer
Residential real estate
CRE -- non owner occupied

T otal

T otal Impaired Loans:

Commercial
Consumer
Residential real estate
Commercial real estate:

CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied
Farmland
Construction and development
T otal Impaired Loans

Insider Loans 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Recorded
Investment

Related
Allowance

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

$

$

$

$

$

$

608 $
53
815

1,714
6,776
955
3,685
14,606 $

-
-
-
-

$

$

608 $
53
815

1,714
6,776
955
3,685
14,606 $

587 $
53
626

1,714
4,579
955
1,408
9,922 $

-
-
-
-

$

$

587 $
53
626

1,714
4,579
955
1,408
9,922 $

-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,270 $
11
1,045

2,482
5,195
959
1,582
12,544 $

2 $

40

42 $

-

1,270 $
13
1,085

2,482
5,195
959
1,582
12,586 $

9
1
25

24
40
-

78
177

-
-
-
-

9
1
25

24
40
-

78
177

Certain related parties of the Company, principally directors and their affiliates, were loan customers of the Bank in the ordinary course of 
business during 2014 and 2013.  Total related party loans outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 to executive officers and directors 
were $2,374 and $66, respectively.  During 2014 and 2013, new loans of $3,758 and $5, respectively, were made, and repayments totaled 
$1,450 and $324, respectively.  In management’s opinion, these loans and transactions were on the same terms as those for comparable 
loans and transactions with non-related parties.  No loans to related parties were on non-accrual, past due or restructured at December 31, 
2014. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
Aging Analysis 

The following tables summarize the Company’s loans past due, both accruing and nonaccruing, by type as of December 31, 2014 and 
December 31, 2013: 

(Dollars in T housands)

December 31, 2014:

30-59 Days
Past Due

60-89 Days
Past Due

Greater
Than
90 Days

Total Past
Due

Non-accrual
Loans

Current

Total
Loans

Commercial and agricultural
Real estate:

$

-

$

Construction and development
Residential 1-4 family
Multi-family
Commercial real estate -- owner occupied
Commercial real estate -- non owner occupied
Farmland

Total real estate

Consumer

Less deferred fees

Total

December 31, 2013:

Commercial and agricultural
Real estate:

Construction and development
Residential 1-4 family
Multi-family
Commercial real estate -- owner occupied
Commercial real estate -- non owner occupied
Farmland

Total real estate

Consumer

Less deferred fees

Total

$

$

18
537
-
-
-

46
601

170

-
771 $

14 $

-
333
-
-
-
875
1,208

165

-

$

1,387 $

-

-

-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

$

-

$

-

$

96 $

120,421 $

120,517

68

68

2

70 $

$

3

3 $

-
-
-
409
-
-
409

-

18
605
-
409
-

46
1,078

172

965
848
-
1,325
5,482
-
8,620

-

-
409 $

-
1,250 $

-
8,716 $

25,728
91,512
18,541
123,898
111,655
22,199
393,533

40,393

(1,214)

553,133 $

26,711
92,965
18,541
125,632
117,137
22,245
403,231

40,565

(1,214)

563,099

-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-

$

14 $

286 $

103,811 $

104,111

-
333
-
-
-
875
1,208

168

-

1,408
400
-
1,659
2,482
955
6,904

53

-

27,688
87,029
17,520
103,935
114,812
21,868
372,852

20,507

(1,137)

$

1,390 $

7,243 $

496,033 $

29,096
87,762
17,520
105,594
117,294
23,698
380,964

20,728

(1,137)

504,666

Interest income on non-accrual loans that would have been recorded had those loans performed in accordance with their initial terms was 
$679, $1,130, and $1,213 for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.   

Modifications 

A modification of a loan constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the 
modification constitutes a concession.  There are various types of concessions when modifying a loan, however, forgiveness of principal 
is  rarely  granted  by  the  Company.   Commercial  and  industrial  loans  modified  in  a  TDR  may  involve  term  extensions,  below  market 
interest  rates  and/or  interest-only  payments  wherein  the  delay  in  the  repayment  of  principal  is  determined  to  be  significant  when  all 
elements  of  the  loan  and  circumstances  are  considered.   Additional  collateral,  a  co-borrower,  or  a  guarantor  is  often  required.  
Commercial mortgage and construction loans modified in a TDR often involve reducing the interest rate for the remaining term of the 
loan, extending the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or substituting or 
adding  a  new  borrower  or  guarantor.   Construction  loans  modified  in  a  TDR  may  also  involve  extending  the  interest-only  payment 
period.   Residential  mortgage  loans  modified  in  a  TDR  are  primarily  comprised  of  loans  where  monthly  payments  are  lowered  to 
accommodate  the  borrowers’  financial  needs.    Land  loans  are  typically  structured  as  interest-only  monthly  payments  with  a  balloon 
payment  due  at  maturity.   Land  loans  modified  in  a  TDR  typically  involve  extending  the  balloon  payment  by  one  to  three  years,  and 
providing an interest rate concession.  Home equity modifications are made infrequently and are uniquely designed to meet the specific 
needs of each borrower.   

Loans modified in a TDR are considered impaired loans and typically already on non-accrual status.  Partial charge-offs have in some 
cases already been taken against the outstanding loan balance.  Loans modified in a TDR for the Company may have the financial effect 
of  increasing  the  specific  allowance  associated  with  the  loan.   An  allowance  for  impaired  loans  that  have  been  modified  in  a  TDR  is 
measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable 
market  price,  or  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  collateral,  less  any  selling  costs,  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.   The  Company’s 
practice is to re-appraise collateral dependent loans every six to nine months. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, there 
was no impact on the allowance from TDRs during the period, as the loans classified as TDRs during the period did not have a specific 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                    
                    
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
reserve  and  were  already  considered  impaired  loans  at  the  time  of  modification  and  no  further  impairment  was  required  upon 
modification.  The Company had no commitments to lend additional funds for loans classified as TDRs at December 31, 2014. 

The  Company  closely  monitors  the  performance  of  modified  loans  for  delinquency,  as  delinquency  is  considered  an  early  indicator  of 
possible future default.  The allowance may be increased, adjustments may be made in the allocation of the allowance, or partial charge-
offs may be taken to further write-down the carrying value of the loan.   

The following table presents TDRs as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, all of which were modified due to financial stress of the borrower.  
There were not any subsequent defaulted TDRs as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.  There were no loans modified or recorded as TDRs 
during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.   

Restructured loans by type current and subsequently defaulted
(Dollars in T housands)

December 31, 2014

Current Restructured Loans
 Pre-T DR 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

 Post-T DR 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Number of Loans

Commercial and agriculture
Construction and development
Residential real estate
CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied

T otal restructured loans (1)

1 $
2
2
1
1

7 $

335 $

2,764
272
59
2,180

5,610 $

284
965
219
54
2,038

3,560

December 31, 2013
Current Restructured Loans
 Pre-T DR 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

 Post-T DR 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Number of Loans

Commercial and agriculture
Construction and development
Residential real estate
CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied

T otal restructured loans (1)

1 $
3
2
1
1
8 $

335 $

2,972
272
59
2,180
5,818 $

302
1,408
227
55
2,096
4,088

(1) T he period end balances are inclusive of all partial paydowns and charge-offs since the modification date.  

The following table summarizes the Company’s troubled debt restructured loans by type and geographic region as of December 31, 2014: 

Restructured loans by type and geographic region
(Dollars in T housands)

Commercial and agriculture
Construction and development
Residential real estate
CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied

T otal restructured loans

Central Western 
Washington

Southwestern 
Washington

$

$

$

-
-
-
54
-

54 $

December 31, 2014
Restructured Loans
Northern 
Washington

Oregon

T otals

Number of 
Loans

-
-
-
-
-

-

$

$

284 $
841
-
-
2,038

3,163 $

$

-
124
219
-
-

343 $

284
965
219
54
2,038

3,560

1
2
2
1
1

7

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
                         
                    
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                    
                         
                         
                    
                         
The following table presents troubled debt restructurings by accrual or nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

Restructured loans by accrual or nonaccrual status
(Dollars in T housands)

Commercial and agriculture
Construction and development
Residential real estate
CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied

T otal restructured loans

Commercial and agriculture
Construction and development
Residential real estate
CRE -- owner occupied
CRE -- non owner occupied

T otal restructured loans

$

$

$

$

December 31, 2014

Restructured loans
Non-accrual 
Status

Accrual Status

284 $
-
219
54
2,038

2,595 $

T otal 
Modifications
284
965
219
54
2,038

$

-
965
-
-
-

965 $

3,560

December 31, 2013

Restructured loans
Non-accrual 
Status

Accrual Status

302 $
-
227
55
2,096
2,680 $

$

-
1,408
-
-
-

1,408 $

T otal 
Modifications
302
1,408
227
55
2,096
4,088

NOTE 5 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) 

The following table presents the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, for the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

(Dollars in T housands)

Balance, January 1, 2014

Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from AOCI

Net Current period other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance, December 31, 2014

Balance, January 1, 2013

Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from AOCI

Net Current period other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance, December 31, 2013

Net Unrealized
Gains and Losses
On Investment
Securities

Defined Benefit
Plans

T otal

(919) $

(450) $

(1,369)

1,295
(26)
1,269

(35)
-
(35)

1,260
(26)
1,234

350 $

(485) $

(135)

Net Unrealized
Gains and Losses
On Investment
Securities

Defined Benefit
Plans

T otal

956 $

(535) $

421

(1,632)
(243)
(1,875)

-

85

85

(1,547)
(243)
(1,790)

(919) $

(450) $

(1,369)

$

$

$

$

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
The following table presents the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

(Dollars in T housands)

Details about Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income Components

Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net 
Income is Presented

For the Year
Ended December
31, 2014

Net Unrealized Gains and Losses
on Investment Securities

(Dollars in T housands)

Details about Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income Components

Net Unrealized Gains and Losses
on Investment Securities

$

$

$

$

(88)
48
14
(26)

(Gain) on sales of investments available for sale
Net OT T I losses
Income tax expense
Unrealized gain on investment securities net of tax

Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net 
Income is Presented

For the Year
Ended December
31, 2013

(405)
37
125
(243)

(Gain) on sales of investments available for sale
Net OT T I losses
Income tax expense
Unrealized gain on investment securities net of tax

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2014 and 2013: 

(Dollars in T housands)

Twe lve  months e nde d De ce mbe r 31, 2014

Net unrealized losses on investment securities:
Net unrealized gains arising during the period
Less: reclassification adjustments for net gains realized in net income

Net unrealized losses on investment securities

Defined benefit plans:

Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and net 
actuarial gains/losses

Other Comprehensive Income

(Dollars in T housands)

Twe lve  months e nde d De ce mbe r 31, 2013

Net unrealized losses on investment securities:

Net unrealized losses arising during the period
Less: reclassification adjustments for net gains realized in net income

Net unrealized losses on investment securities

Defined benefit plans:

Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and net 
actuarial gains/losses

Other Comprehensive Loss

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Before T ax

T ax Effect

Net of T ax

1,962 $
(40) $
1,922 $

667 $
(14)
653 $

(53) $

(18) $

1,869 $

635 $

1,295
(26)
1,269

(35)

1,234

Before T ax

T ax Effect

Net of T ax

(2,473) $
(368) $
(2,841) $

(841) $
(125)
(966) $

(1,632)
(243)
(1,875)

129 $

44 $

85

(2,712) $

(922) $

(1,790)

NOTE 6 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

The components of premises and equipment at December 31 are as follows: 

Premises and equipment

Land and premises

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

Construction in progress

Less accumulated deprecation and amortization

T otal premises and equipment

2014

2013

19,875 $

7,698

84

27,657

(11,354)

19,859

8,142

167

28,168

(11,378)

16,303 $

16,790

$

$

Depreciation expense

Rental expense

2014

2013

2012

1,242 $

1,013 $

574 $

544 $

989

442

$

$

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum net rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases having an original or remaining term of more than one year for 
future years ending December 31 are as follows: 

2015 $

2016

2017

2018

2019

491

331

236

233

229

$

1,520

Certain leases contain renewal options from five to ten years and escalation clauses based on increases in property taxes and other costs. 

NOTE 7 – OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED 

The following table presents the activity related to OREO for the years ended December 31: 

For the T welve Months Ended

December    
31, 2014

December  
31, 2013

$ Change

Other real estate owned, beginning of period

$

2,771 $

4,679 $

(1,908)

T ransfers from outstanding loans

Proceeds from sales

Net gain (loss) on sales

Impairment charges

842

1,756

(2,340)

(2,758)

(207)

(67)

40

(946)

(914)

418

(247)

879

T otal other real estate owned

$

999 $

2,771 $

(1,772)

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, OREO consisted of properties as follows:  

O the r re al e state  owne d and fore close d asse ts by type

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in T housands)

December 
31, 2014

# of 
Properties

December 
31, 2013

# of 
Properties

Construction, Land Dev & Other Land

1-4 Family Residential Properties

Nonfarm Nonresidential Properties

T otal OREO by type

$

$

35

-

964

999

-

1

3

4

237

672

1,862

2,771

5

4

8

17

Net (loss) gain on sales of OREO totaled $(207), $40 and $331 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
              
           
           
              
              
              
              
            
NOTE 8 – DEPOSITS 

The composition of deposits at December 31 is as follows: 

De posits

(Dollars in T housands)

2014

2013

December 31, 

December 31, 

NOW and money market accounts

$

274,614 $

262,848

Savings deposits

T ime certificates, $100,000 or more

Other time certificates

   T otal interest-bearing deposits

Non-interest bearing demand

79,997

75,648

43,035

473,294

165,760

73,412

76,628

49,431

462,319

145,028

   T otal deposits

$

639,054 $

607,347

Scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit are as follows for future years ending December 31: 

At December 31, 2014

(Dollars in T housands)

$

2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
T hereafter

Maturities

67,642
25,656
14,342
5,724
5,160
159

Total

$

118,683

NOTE 9 – BORROWINGS 

Long-term  borrowings  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013  represent  advances  from  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Seattle  (“FHLB”).  
Advances at December 31, 2014 bear interest at 0.47% to 2.54% and mature in various years as follows: 2016 - $5,000, 2019 - $5,000 and 
$1,453 in 2024.  The Bank has pledged $140,773 in loans as collateral for these borrowings at December 31, 2014. 

Short-term borrowings represent FHLB term borrowings with scheduled maturity dates within one year.  Short-term borrowings may also 
include federal funds purchased that generally mature within one to four days from the transaction date; however there were no federal 
funds purchased at December 31, 2014, and 2013.  The following is a summary of short-term borrowings for the years ended: 

(Dollars in T housands)

2014

2013

Amount outstanding at end of period
Weighted average interest rate thereon
Maximum month-end balance during year
Average balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year

$

$
$

$

-
0.28%
-
$
153 $

0.28%

-
-
3,000
303
2.94%

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
                
                
               
NOTE 10 – JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES 

At December 31, 2014, two wholly-owned subsidiary grantor trusts established by the Company had outstanding $13.0 million of Trust 
Preferred Securities (“trust preferred securities”).  Trust preferred securities accrue and pay distributions periodically at specified annual 
rates  as  provided  in  the  indentures.    The  trusts  used  the  net  proceeds  from  the  offering  of  trust  preferred  securities  to  purchase  a  like 
amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) of the Company.  The Debentures are the sole assets of the trusts.  The 
Company’s obligations under the Debentures and the related documents, taken together, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by 
the  Company  of  the  obligations  of  the  trusts.    The  trust  preferred  securities  are  mandatorily  redeemable  upon  the  maturity  of  the 
Debentures, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indentures.  The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole or 
in part, at a redemption price specified in the indentures plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date. 

The Debentures issued by the Company to the grantor trusts totaling $13.0 million are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet in the 
liabilities section under the caption “junior subordinated debentures.” The Company records interest expense on the corresponding junior 
subordinated debentures in the consolidated statements of income. The Company recorded $403,000 in the consolidated balance sheet at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for the common capital securities issued by the issuer trusts. 

As  of  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  regular  accrued  interest  on  junior  subordinated  debentures  totaled  $40,000  for  both  years  and  is 
included in accrued interest payable on the balance sheet.  Following are the terms of the junior subordinated debentures as of December 
31, 2014.  

(Dollars in T housands)

T rust Name

Issue Date

Issued 
Amount

Rate

Pacific Financial Corporation
Statutory T rust I

December
2005

$                  

5,000

LIBOR + 1.45% (1)

Pacific Financial Corporation
Statutory T rust II

June
2006

$                

8,000
13,000

LIBOR + 1.60% (2)

Maturity 
Date

March
2036

July
2036

(1) Pacific Financial Corporation Statutory T rust I securities incurred interest at the fixed rate of 6.39% until mid March
2011, at which the rate changed to a variable rate of 3-month LIBOR (0.24% at December 15, 2014) plus 1.45%
or 1.69%, adjusted quarterly, through the final maturity date in March 2036.

(2) Pacific Financial Corporation Statutory T rust II securities incur interest at a variable rate of 3-month LIBOR (0.253%

at January 1, 2015) plus 1.60% or 1.85%, adjusted quarterly, through the final maturity date in July 2036.

NOTE 11 – INCOME TAXES 

The Company recorded an income tax provision for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.  The amount of the 
provision for each period was commensurate with the estimated tax liability associated with the net income earned during the period.  As 
of  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  maintained  a  deferred  tax  asset  balance  of  $3.2  million.    The  Company  believes  it  will  be  fully 
utilized in the normal course of business, thus no valuation allowance is maintained against this asset. 

The Company's provision for income taxes includes both federal and state income taxes and reflects the application of federal and state 
statutory rates to the Company's income before taxes. The principal difference between statutory tax rates and the Company's effective tax 
rate is the benefit derived from investing in tax-exempt securities and bank owned life insurance.  

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based 
on the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of 
existing assets and liabilities are expected to be reported in the Company’s income tax returns. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in 
tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established to reduce the net 
carrying amount of deferred tax assets if it is determined to be more likely than not, that all or some portion of the potential deferred tax 
asset will not be realized. 

The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, relating to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The 
Company  periodically  reviews  its  income  tax  positions  based  on  tax  laws  and  regulations,  and  financial  reporting  considerations,  and 
records  adjustments  as  appropriate.  This  review  takes  into  consideration  the  status  of  current  taxing  authorities’  examinations  of  the 
Company’s tax returns, recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions, if any, and the overall tax environment. 
The Company’s uncertain tax positions were nominal in amount as of December 31, 2014. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
                    
Income taxes for the years ended December 31 is as follows: 

Current
Deferred 

Total income tax be ne fit

2014

2013

2012

$

$

1,003 $
727

586 $
386

1,237
63

1,730 $

972 $

1,300

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities and net deferred tax 
assets are recorded in other assets in the consolidated financial statements at December 31 are: 

$

$

$

De fe rre d Tax Asse ts

Allowance for loan losses
Deferred compensation
Supplemental executive retirement plan
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale
Loan fees/costs
OREO write-downs
OREO operating expenses
T ax credit carry-forwards
Non-accrual loan interest
Other

Total de fe rre d tax asse ts

De fe rre d Tax Liabilitie s

Depreciation
Loan fees/costs
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
Prepaid expenses
FHLB dividends
Other

Total de fe rre d tax liabilitie s

2014

2013

2,863 $
102
1,151
-
416
11

-
-

73
445

2,892
111
1,039
473
393
305
174
534
108
170

5,061 $

6,199

100 $

1,290
181
128
130
67

1,896

172
1,185
-
108
137
51

1,653

The following is a reconciliation between the statutory and effective federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31: 

Ne t de fe rre d tax asse ts

$

3,165 $

4,546

2014
Amount

Pe rce nt
of Pre -tax
Income

2013
Amount

Pe rce nt
of Pre -tax
Income

2012
Amount

Pe rce nt
of Pre -tax
Income

Income tax at statutory rate
Adjustments resulting from:
T ax-exempt income
Net earnings on life insurance policies
Low income housing tax credit
Other

Total income  tax e xpe nse

$

$

2,330

35.0% $

1,646

35.0% $

2,130

35.0%

(412)
(169)
(82)
63

-6.2%
-2.5%
-1.2%
1.0%

(483)
(152)
(101)
62

-10.3%
-3.2%
-2.1%
1.3%

(542)
(178)
(109)
(1)

-8.9%
-2.9%
-1.8%
0.0%

1,730

25.9% $

972

20.7% $

1,300

21.4%

As of December 31, 2014, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will be able to fully realize its deferred tax asset 
(“DTA”) and therefore has not recorded a valuation allowance. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
              
              
            
NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

Incentive Compensation Plan -- The Bank has a plan that provides incentive compensation to key employees if the Bank meets certain 
performance  criteria  established  by  the  Board  of  Directors.    The  cost  of  this  plan  was  $609,  $272,  and  $400  in  2014,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. 

401(k) Plans -- The Bank has established a 401(k) profit sharing plan for those employees who meet the eligibility requirements set forth 
in  the  plan.    Eligible  employees  may  contribute  up  to  15%  of  their  compensation.    Matching  contributions  by  the  Bank  are  at  the 
discretion of the Board of Directors.  Contributions totaled $180, $161 and $152 for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 
Director  and  Employee  Deferred  Compensation  Plans  --  The  Company  has  director  and  employee  deferred  compensation  plans.  
Under the terms of the plans, a director or employee may participate upon approval by the Board.  The participant may then elect to defer 
a  portion  of  his  or  her  earnings  (directors’  fees  or  salary)  as  designated  at  the  beginning  of  each  plan  year.    Payments  begin  upon 
retirement,  termination,  death  or  permanent  disability,  sale  of  the  Company,  the  ten-year  anniversary  of  the  participant’s  participation 
date, or at the discretion of the Company.  There are currently no participants in the director or employee deferred compensation plan.  
There were no deferrals or ongoing expense to the Company for these plans in 2014, 2013, and 2012. 

The directors of a bank acquired by the Company in 1999 adopted two deferred compensation plans for directors - one plan providing 
retirement income benefits for all directors and the other, a deferred compensation plan, covering only those directors who have chosen to 
participate in the plan.  At the time of adopting these plans, the Bank purchased life insurance policies on directors participating in both 
plans which may be used to fund payments to them under these plans.  Cash surrender values on these policies were $4,020 and $3,911 at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  In 2014, 2013 and 2012, the net benefit recorded from these plans, including the cost of the 
related  life  insurance,  was  $380,  $354  and  $396,  respectively.    Both  of  these  plans  were  fully  funded  and  frozen  as  of  September  30, 
2001.    Plan  participants  were  given  the  option  to  either  remain  in  the  plan  until  reaching  the  age  of  70  or  to  receive  a  lump-sum 
distribution.  Participants electing to remain in the plan will receive annual payments over a ten-year period upon reaching 70 years of 
age.  The liability associated with these plans totaled $311 and $322 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Executive  Long-Term  Compensation  Agreements  --  The  Company  has  executive  long-term  compensation  agreements  to  selected 
employees that provide incentive for those covered employees to remain employed with the Company for a defined period of time.  The 
cost of these agreements was $137, $107 and $95 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan -- Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted a non-qualified Supplemental Executive 
Retirement Plan (SERP) that provides retirement benefits to its executive officers.  The SERP is unsecured and unfunded and there are no 
plan assets.  The post-retirement benefit provided by the SERP is designed to supplement a participating officer’s retirement benefits from 
social security, in order to provide the officer with a certain percentage of final average income at retirement age.  The benefit is generally 
based on average earnings, years of service and age at retirement.  At the inception of the SERP, the Company recorded a prior service 
cost  to  accumulate  other  comprehensive  income  of  $704.    The  Company  has  purchased  bank  owned  life  insurance  covering  all 
participants  in  the  SERP.    The  cash  surrender  value  of  these  policies  totaled  $5,945  and  $5,817  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013, 
respectively.  

The following table sets forth the net periodic pension cost and obligation assumptions used in the measurement of the benefit obligation 
for the years ended December 31: 
(cid:2)

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Net periodic pension cost: 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Amortization of prior service cost 

Amortization of net (gain)/loss 

$ 

$ 

153 
111 
90 
26 

$ 

145 
104 
90 
22 

Net periodic pension cost 

$ 

380 

$ 

361 

$ 

167 
106 
90 
27 

390 

Weighted average assumptions: 

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 

3.57% 
n/a 

4.37% 
n/a 

4.47% 
n/a 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the change in benefit obligation at December 31: 

(cid:2)

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Change in benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation at the beginning of year 

$ 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Benefits paid 
Actuarial gain/(loss) 

2014 

2013 

$ 

2,573 
153 
111 
(45) 
152 

2,342 
145 
104 
(45) 
27 

Benefit obligation at end of year 

$ 

2,944 

$ 

2,573 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) at December 31 are as follows:  
(cid:2)

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2014 

2013 

Loss 
Prior service cost 

Total recognized in AOCI 

$ 

$ 

$ 

334 
152 

486 

$ 

179 
271 

450 

The following table summarizes the projected and accumulated benefit obligations at December 31: 
(cid:2)

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2014 

2013 

Projected benefit obligation 
Accumulated benefit obligation 

$ 

$ 

2,944 
2,944 

2,573 
2,573 

Estimated future benefit payments as of December 31, 2014 are as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

2015 $
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020-2024

149,743
149,743
149,743
242,175
242,175
1,210,875

NOTE 13 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its 
customers.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit,  and  involve,  to  varying 
degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the consolidated balance sheets. 

The  Bank’s  exposure  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to 
extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit 
policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as they do for on-balance-sheet instruments.  A summary of the Bank’s off-
balance sheet commitments at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

December 31,  
2014

December 31, 
2013

Commitments to extend credit

Standby letters of credit

$

$

109,545

1,351

$

$

106,017

1,733

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
           
           
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract.  Many of the commitments expire without being drawn upon; therefore total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent 
future  cash  requirements.    The  Bank  evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.    The  amount  of  collateral 
obtained,  if  deemed  necessary  upon  extension  of  credit,  is  based  on  management’s  credit  evaluation  of  the  customer.    Collateral  held 
varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, residential real estate, and income-producing commercial 
properties. 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  The 
credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.   

Certain executive officers have entered into employment contracts with the Bank which provide for contingent payments subject to future 
events. 

In connection with certain loans held for sale, the Bank typically makes representations and warranties that the underlying loans conform 
to specified guidelines.  If the underlying loans do not conform to the specifications, the Bank may have an obligation to repurchase the 
loans  or  indemnify  the  purchaser  against  loss.    The  Bank  believes  that  the  potential  for  loss  under  these  arrangements  is  remote.  
Accordingly, no contingent liability is recorded in the condensed consolidated financial statements. 

At December 31, 2014, the Bank had $11,500 in outstanding borrowings against its $149,700 in established borrowing capacity with the 
FHLB,  as  compared  to  $10,000  outstanding  against  a  borrowing  capacity  of  $143,100  at  December  31,  2013.  The  Bank’s  borrowing 
facility  with  the  FHLB  is  subject  to  collateral  and  stock  ownership  requirements.  The  Bank  also  had  an  available  discount  window 
primary  credit  line  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  San  Francisco  of  approximately  $52,900,  subject  to  collateral  requirements,  and 
$16,000 from correspondent banks with no balance outstanding on any of these facilities.  

The Company is currently not party to any material pending litigation.  However, because of the nature of its activities, the Company may 
be subject to or threatened with legal actions in the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management, liabilities arising from 
these claims, if any, will not have a material effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. 

NOTE 14 – SIGNIFICANT CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK 

Most  of  the  Bank’s  business  activity  is  with  customers  and  governmental  entities  located  in  the  states  of  Washington  and  Oregon, 
including investments in state and municipal securities.  Loans to any single borrower or group of borrowers are generally limited by state 
banking  regulations  to  20%  of  the  Bank’s  shareholder’s  equity,  excluding  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).    Standby 
letters of credit were granted primarily to commercial borrowers.  The Bank, as a matter of practice, generally does not extend credit to 
any single borrower or group of borrowers in excess of $8,500. 

NOTE 15 – STOCK BASED COMPENSATION 

The Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2011 Plan”), provides for the issuance of up to 900,000 shares in 
connection with incentive and nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards.  Prior to 
adoption of the 2011 Plan, the Company made equity-based awards under the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, which expired 
January 1, 2011. 

Stock Options 

The 2011 Plan authorizes the issuance of incentive and non-qualified stock options, as defined under current tax laws, to key personnel.  
Options granted under the 2011 Plan either become exercisable ratably over five years or in a single installment five years from the date 
of grant. 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock option awards based on assumptions in the 
following table.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock.  The expected term of stock options 
granted is based on the simplified method, which is the simple average between contractual term and vesting period.  The risk-free rate is 
based on the expected term of stock options and the applicable U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. 

Grant period ended

Expected 
Life

Risk Free 
Interest Rate

Expected 
Volatility

Dividend 
Yield

Average 
Fair Value

December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012

6.5 years
6.5 years
6.5 years

2.11%
1.36%
1.34%

23.23%
23.05%
22.43%

3.27% $
4.13% $
0.00% $

1.02
0.58
0.77

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of stock option activity as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and changes during the twelve months then 
ended are presented below: 

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Shares

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Shares

Shares

Outstanding beginning of period

625,495

$

9.53

537,107

$

11.28

586,448

$

11.32

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

23,500
(4,000)
(7,650)
(70,400)

6.13
5.00
6.89
15.17

186,000

-
(64,337)
(33,275)

5.05
-
11.36
9.25

10,500
-
(12,550)
(47,291)

O utstanding e nd of pe riod   

566,945

Exe rcisable  e nd of pe riod

388,345

$

$

8.75

625,495

10.39

328,845

$

$

9.53

537,107

12.95

389,827

$

$

5.00
-
10.44
10.57

11.28

12.98

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and changes during the twelve months 
then ended, are presented below: 

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value

Shares

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value

Shares

Non-vested beginning of period

296,650

$

0.47

147,280

$

0.31

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

23,500
(136,650)
(4,900)

1.02
0.34
0.34

186,000
(17,875)
(18,755)

0.57
0.32
0.40

Non-ve ste d e nd of pe riod

178,600

$

0.65

296,650

$

0.47

The following information summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2014: 

Options Outstanding
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
T erm 
(Years)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Range  of e xe rcise  prices

Number

0.00 - 5.00
5.01 - 10.00
10.01 - 14.74
14.75 - 16.00

175,900
197,500
111,650
81,895

$

7.95
5.54
2.16
0.28

4.97
6.83
13.69
14.80

Options Exercisable
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
T erm 
(Years)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

$

7.94
4.85
2.17
0.27

4.95
6.98
13.69
14.80

Number

32,800
162,000
111,650
81,895

566,945

4.86

$

8.74

388,345

3.37

$

10.39

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
            
   
     
     
         
    
            
   
       
       
           
     
            
           
         
            
            
     
            
    
     
     
         
   
          
    
       
     
         
  
            
   
       
     
         
  
          
   
     
     
         
   
         
 
         
     
         
 
         
 
         
  
         
     
         
  
         
   
         
 
         
  
            
   
           
  
            
 
           
  
            
 
           
    
            
   
           
  
            
         
 
           
         
December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

Aggre gate  intrinsic value  
outstanding e nd of pe riod   

$

306,710

$

303,450

Aggre gate  intrinsic value  
e xe rcisable  e nd of pe riod   

$

55,390

$

-

The Company accounts for stock based compensation in accordance with GAAP, which requires measurement of compensation cost for 
all stock-based awards based on grant date fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period of each award.  

Stock-based compensation expense
(Unaudited)

(Dollars in T housands)

T welve months ended December 31, 2014

Before T ax

T ax Effect

Net of T ax

Recognized compensation expense

T welve months ended December 31, 2013

Recognized compensation expense

Future compensation expense  (1)

$

$

$

67 $

23 $

44

Before T ax

T ax Effect

Net of T ax

50 $

17 $

33

December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

60 $

80

Weighted Average Remaining Contractual

T erm (Years)

1.8

1.8

(1) related to non-vested stock options

Restricted Stock Units 

The  Company  grants  restricted  stock  units  (“RSU”)  to  employees  qualifying  for  awards  under  the  Company’s  Annual  Incentive 
Compensation Plan.  Recipients of RSUs will be issued a specified number of shares of common stock under the 2011 Plan upon the lapse 
of applicable restrictions.  Outstanding RSUs are subject to forfeiture if the recipient’s employment terminates prior to the expiration of 
three years from the date of grant. 

The following table summarizes RSU activity during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Price

Shares

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
terms (in years)

Outstanding, January 1, 2014

50,024

Granted
Converted
Forfeited

$

5.43

13,624
(476)
(1,939)

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
terms (in 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Price

4.93

Shares

16,059

$

35,476
-
(1,511)

O utstanding e nd of pe riod

61,233

1.3

50,024

2.0

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
      
    
             
             
             
   
       
   
         
       
           
       
            
    
       
   
                  
       
             
The following table summarizes RSU compensation expense during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

RSU compensation expense
(Unaudited)

(Dollars in T housands)

T welve months ended December 31, 2014

Before T ax

T ax Effect

Net of T ax

RSU recognized compensation expense

T welve months ended December 31, 2013

RSU recognized compensation expense

$

$

148 $

50 $

98

Before T ax

T ax Effect

Net of T ax

66 $

22 $

44

December 
31, 2014

December 
31, 2013

Future compensation expense  (1)

$

150 $

172

(1) related to non-vested RSU's

NOTE 16 – REGULATORY MATTERS 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to 
meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  and  possibly  additional  discretionary  actions  by  regulators  that,  if 
undertaken, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines 
on  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action,  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital  adequacy  guidelines  that  involve 
quantitative  measures  of  the  Bank’s  assets,  liabilities  and  certain  off-balance-sheet  items  as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting 
practices. The Bank’s capital classification is also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings 
and other factors. 

Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to  ensure  capital  adequacy  require  the  Company  and  the  Bank  to  maintain  minimum 
amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to total average assets (as defined), and 
minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined).  

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank was well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be 
categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth 
in the table.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual capital amounts and ratios for December 31, 2014 and 2013 are presented in the table below.   

(Dollars in T housands)

De ce mbe r 31, 2014

T otal risk-based capital ratio

Company

Bank

T ier 1 risk-based capital ratio

Company

Bank

T ier 1 leverage capital ratio

Company

Bank

(Dollars in T housands)

De ce mbe r 31, 2013

T otal risk-based capital ratio

Company

Bank

T ier 1 risk-based capital ratio

Company

Bank

T ier 1 leverage capital ratio

Company

Bank

$

$

Actual 
Amount

Ratio

Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes 
Amount

Ratio

T o be well 
capitalized under 
prompt corrective 
action provisions 
amount

Ratio

79,308

78,681

72,011

71,392

72,011

71,392

13.61% $

13.52%

12.36%

12.27%

9.80%

9.73%

46,616

46,563

23,308

23,282

27,604

27,591

8.00% $

8.00%

4.00%

4.00%

4.00%

4.00%

n/a

58,204

n/a

34,922

n/a

34,489

n/a

10%

n/a

6%

n/a

5%

Actual 
Amount

Ratio

Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes 
Amount

Ratio

T o be well 
capitalized under 
prompt corrective 
action provisions 
amount

Ratio

74,477

74,036

67,856

67,420

67,856

67,420

14.11% $

14.03%

12.85%

12.78%

9.83%

9.77%

42,237

42,202

21,119

21,101

27,604

27,591

8.00% $

8.00%

4.00%

4.00%

4.00%

4.00%

n/a

52,753

n/a

31,652

n/a

34,489

n/a

10%

n/a

6%

n/a

5%

NOTE 17 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Fair Value Hierarchy 

The  Company  uses  an  established  hierarchy  for  measuring  fair  value  that  is  intended  to  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and 
minimize the use of unobservable inputs.  This hierarchy uses three levels of inputs to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities as 
follows: 

Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active exchange markets for identical assets or liabilities; also includes certain corporate 
debt securities actively traded in over-the-counter markets. 

Level 2 – Valuations of assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets.  Valuations include quoted prices for similar 
assets  and  liabilities  traded  in  the  same  market;  quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar  instruments  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  and 
model–derived  valuations  whose  inputs  are observable or whose significant  value drivers  are observable.   Valuations  may  be  obtained 
from, or corroborated by, third-party pricing services.  This category generally includes certain U.S. Government, agency and non-agency 
securities, state and municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities, corporate securities, and residential mortgage loans held for sale. 

Level  3  –  Valuation  based  on  unobservable  inputs  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity  for  financial  instruments  whose  value  is 
determined  using  pricing  models,  discounted  cash  flow  methodologies,  yield  curves  and  similar  techniques,  as  well  as  instruments  for 
which  the  determination  of  fair  value  requires  significant  management  judgment  or  estimation.    Level  3  valuations  incorporate  certain 
assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets or liabilities, but in all cases are corroborated by external 
data, which may include third-party pricing services. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
       
                 
       
       
       
       
                 
       
       
       
       
                 
       
       
       
       
                 
       
       
       
       
                 
       
       
       
       
                 
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale 

The Company uses an independent pricing service to assist management in determining fair values of investment securities available-for-
sale.  This service provides pricing information by utilizing evaluated pricing models supported with market based information.  Standard 
inputs  include  benchmark  yields,  reported  trades,  broker/dealer  quotes,  credit  ratings,  bids  and  offers,  relative  credit  information  and 
reference  data  from  market  research  publications.    Investment  securities  that  are  deemed  to  have  been  trading  in  illiquid  or  inactive 
markets may require the use of significant unobservable inputs.   

The pricing service provides quoted market prices when available.  Quoted prices are not always available due to bond market inactivity.  
For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash 
flows.    Discounted  cash  flows  are  calculated  using  spread  to  swap  and  LIBOR  curves  that  are  updated  to  incorporate  loss  severities, 
volatility,  credit  spread  and optionality.  Additionally,  the  pricing service  may  obtain  a  broker quote  when  sufficient  information  is  not 
available to produce a valuation.  Valuations and broker quotes are non-binding and do not represent quotes on which one may execute 
the disposition of the assets. 

The  Company  generally  obtains  one  value  from  its  primary  external  third-party  pricing  service.  The  Company’s  third-party  pricing 
service  has  established  processes  for  us  to  submit  inquiries  regarding  quoted  prices.    The  Company’s  third-party  pricing  service  will 
review the inputs to the evaluation in light of any new market data presented by us.  The Company’s third-party pricing service may then 
affirm the original quoted price or may update the evaluation on a going forward basis. 

On a quarterly basis, management reviews the pricing information received from the third party-pricing service through a combination of 
procedures that include an evaluation of methodologies used by the pricing service, analytical reviews and performance analyses of the 
prices against statistics and trends and maintenance of an investment watch list.  Based on this review, management determines whether 
the current placement of the security in the fair value hierarchy is appropriate or whether transfers may be warranted.  As necessary, the 
Company  compares  prices  received  from  the  pricing  service  to  discounted  cash  flow  models  or  through  performing  independent 
valuations of inputs and assumptions similar to those used by the pricing service in order to ensure prices represent a reasonable estimate 
of fair value. Although the Company does identify differences from time to time as a result of these validation procedures, the Company 
did not make any significant adjustments as of December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013. 

The following table presents the balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 
2013.  

(Dollars in T housands)

Description

Available-for-sale securities:

Fair Value Measure me nts
At De cember 31, 2014

 Fair Value  
12/31/2014

Quoted Prices in Active 
Markets for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)

Other Observable Inputs 
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)

Collateralized mortgage obligations: agency issued

$

38,767 $

Collateralized mortgage obligations: non agency

Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued

U.S. Government agency securities

State and municipal securities

527

12,199

8,056

27,891

Total assets measure d at fair value

$

87,440 $

-

-

-

-

-

-

$

$

38,767 $

527

12,199

8,056

25,741

85,290 $

-

-

-

-

2,150

2,150

Description

Available-for-sale securities:

Fair Value Measure me nts
At De cember 31, 2013

 Fair Value  
12/31/2013

Quoted Prices in Active 
Markets for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)

Other Observable Inputs 
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)

Collateralized mortgage obligations: agency issued

$

38,791 $

Collateralized mortgage obligations: non agency

Mortgage-backed securities: agency issued

U.S. Government agency securities

State and municipal securities

Corporate bonds

2,011

13,389

8,811

32,160

982

Total assets measure d at fair value

$

96,144 $

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

$

$

38,791 $

2,011

13,389

8,811

30,741

982

94,725 $

-

-

-

-

1,419

-

1,419

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
                              
                         
                              
                         
                              
                         
                              
                         
                              
                              
                              
                         
                              
                         
                              
                         
                              
                         
                              
                              
                         
                              
As  of  December  31,  2014  and  December  31,  2013,  the  Company  had  four  and  two  investments,  respectively,  classified  as  Level  3 
investments which consist of non-rated municipal bonds for which the Company is the sole owner of the entire bond issue.  The valuation 
of  these securities  is  supported by  analysis  prepared  by  an  independent third  party.    Their  approach to  determining  fair value  involves 
using recently executed transactions and market quotations for similar securities.  As these securities are not rated by the rating agencies 
and  there  is  no  trading  volume,  management  determined  that  these  securities  should  be  classified  as  Level  3  within  the  fair  value 
hierarchy.   

The following table presents a reconciliation of assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable 
inputs (Level 3) during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Transfers between level categorizations may 
occur due to changes in the availability of market observable inputs, which generally are caused by changes in market conditions such as 
liquidity,  trading  volume  or  bid-ask  spreads.  Transfers  between  level  categorizations  may  also  occur  due  to  changes  in  the  valuation 
source. For example, in situations where a fair value quote is not provided by the Company’s independent third-party valuation service 
provider and as a result the price is stale, the security is transferred into Level 3.  Transfers in and out of level categorizations are reported 
as having occurred at December 31, 2014 and 2013.     

(Dollars in T housands)

T welve months ended December 31, 

2014

2013

Balance beginning of period
T ransfers in to level 3
Change in FV (included in other comprehensive income)
Balance end of period

$

$

1,419 $
810
(79)
2,150 $

1,099
464
(144)
1,419

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

Certain  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  nonrecurring  basis  after  initial  recognition  such  as  loans  measured  for 
impairment and other real estate owned (“OREO”).  The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of each such class of 
financial instrument: 

Impaired loans – A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be 
unable to collect all amounts due (both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans 
are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy and are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows or by the 
net realizable value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  In determining the net realizable value of the underlying collateral, 
we  consider  third  party  appraisals  by  qualified  licensed  appraisers,  less  estimated  costs  to  sell.    These  appraisals  may  utilize  a  single 
valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. 

Adjustments  are  routinely  made  in  the  appraisal  process  by  the  appraisers  to  adjust  for  differences  between  the  comparable  sales  and 
income  data  available  and  include  consideration  for  variations  in  location,  size,  and  income  production  capacity  of  the  property.    The 
income approach commonly utilizes a discount or cap rate to determine the present value of expected future cash flows.  Additionally, the 
appraisals are periodically further adjusted by the Company in consideration of charges that may be incurred in the event of foreclosure 
and are based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in business factors and changes in market conditions.  Such discounts are 
typically significant, and may range from 10% to 30%. 

Impaired  loans  are  reviewed  and  evaluated  quarterly  for  additional  impairment  and  adjusted  accordingly,  based  on  the  same  factors 
identified above.  Because of the high degree of judgment required in estimating the fair value of collateral underlying impaired loans and 
because of the relationship between fair value and general economic conditions, we consider the fair value of impaired loans to be highly 
sensitive to changes in market conditions. 

Other real estate owned – OREO is initially recorded at the fair value of the property less estimated costs to sell.  This amount becomes 
the  property’s  new  basis.    Management  considers  third  party  appraisals  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  particular  properties.    These 
appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. 

Adjustments  are  routinely  made  in  the  appraisal  process  by  the  appraisers  to  adjust  for  differences  between  the  comparable  sales  and 
income  data  available  and  include  consideration  for  variations  in  location,  size,  and  income  production  capacity  of  the  property.  
Additionally, the appraisals are periodically further adjusted by the Company based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in 
business factors and changes in market conditions.  Such adjustments are typically downward, and may range from 10% to 25%.   

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any write-downs based on the property fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for 
loan losses.  Management periodically reviews OREO to ensure the property is carried at the lower of its new basis or fair value, net of 
estimated costs to sell.  Any additional write-downs based on re-evaluation of the property fair value are charged to non-interest expense.   
Because of the high degree of judgment required in estimating the fair value of OREO and because of the relationship between fair value 
and general economic conditions, we consider the fair value of OREO to be highly sensitive to changes in market conditions. 

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  assets  that  were  held  at  the  end  of  each  period  that  were  measured  at  fair  value  on  a 
nonrecurring basis during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013: 

(Dollars in T housands)

De scription

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets
Loans measured for impairment, net of 
     specific reserves
Total impaire d asse ts me asure d at fair value $

$

Fair Value  Me asure me nts
As of De ce mbe r 31, 2014

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)

Other Observable 
Inputs (Level 2)

 Fair Value 
12/31/2014

139 $

231
370 $

-

-
-

$

$

-

-
-

De scription

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets
Loans measured for impairment, net of 
     specific reserves
Total impaire d asse ts me asure d at fair value $

$

 Fair Value 
12/31/2013

1,960 $

162
2,122 $

Fair Value  Me asure me nts
As of De ce mbe r 31, 2013

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)

Other Observable 
Inputs (Level 2)

-

-
-

$

$

-

-
-

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3)
139

231
370

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3)
1,960

162
2,122

$

$

$

$

Other real estate owned with a pre-foreclosure loan balance of $969 was acquired during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.  
Upon foreclosure, write downs totaling $127 were applied to the allowance for loan losses during the period related to these assets. 

The  following  table  presents  quantitative  information  about  Level  3  inputs  for  financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  on  a 
nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2014: 

(Dollars in T housands)

De scription

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets

Loans measured for impairment, net of 
     specific reserves

$

$

 Fair Value 
12/31/2014

139

Valuation 
T echnique
Appraised value

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs
Adjustment for 
market conditions

Range 
(Weighted 
Average)
0-9% (2.5%)

231

Appraised value

Adjustment for 
market conditions

0-20% (2.2%)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The  following  methods  and assumptions were  used by  the  Company  in  estimating  the  fair  values of  financial  instruments  disclosed  in 
these consolidated financial statements: 

Cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits in banks, and certificates held for investment 
The carrying amounts of cash, interest bearing deposits at other financial institutions approximate their fair value. 

Investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity 
The fair value of all investment securities are based upon the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the security. 
Such  assumptions  include  observable  and  unobservable  inputs  such  as  quoted  market  prices,  dealer  quotes  and  analysis  of 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
discounted cash flows. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 
FHLB stock is carried at cost which approximates fair value and equals its par value because the shares can only be redeemed 
with the FHLB at par. 

Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares Stock 
PCBB  stock  is  carried  at  cost  which  approximates  fair value  and  equals  its  par value  based on  the price per  share  paid  at  the 
capital offering concluded during the current quarter. 

Loans, net and loans held for sale 
The fair value of loans is estimated based on comparable market statistics for loans with similar credit ratings.  An additional 
liquidity discount is also incorporated to more closely align the fair value with observed market prices.  Fair values of loans held 
for sale are based on a discounted cash flow calculation using interest rates currently available on similar loans.  The fair value 
was based on an aggregate loan basis. 

Deposits  
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity date is included at the amount payable on demand.  Fair values for fixed rate 
certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation based on interest rates currently offered on similar 
certificates. 

Borrowings 
The  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  long-term  borrowings  is  estimated  using  discounted  cash  flow  analysis  based  on  the 
Company’s incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. 

Junior subordinated debentures 
The  fair  value  of  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  and  trust  preferred  securities  is  estimated  using  discounted  cash  flow 
analysis based on interest rates currently available for junior subordinated debentures. 

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments 
The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit was estimated using the rates currently charged to 
enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the 
customers.    Since  the  majority  of  the  Company’s  off-balance-sheet  instruments  consist  of  non-fee  producing,  variable-rate 
commitments, the Company has determined they do not have a material fair value. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is as follows: 

(Dollars in T housands)

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Interest-bearing certificates of deposit

 (original maturities greater than 90 days)

Investment securities available-for-sale
Investment securities held-to-maturity
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Pacific Coast Bankers Bank stock
Loans held-for-sale
Loans

Financial liabilities:

Deposits
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures

As of December 31, 2014

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)

Carrying Value

Other 
Observable 
Inputs (Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3)

T otal Fair 
Value

$

31,037 $

31,037

$

-

$

-

$

31,037

2,727
87,440
1,829
2,896
1,000
5,786
554,746

2,727
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
85,290
1,852
2,896
1,000
5,786
-

-
2,150
-
-
-
-
527,510

2,727
87,440
1,852
2,896
1,000
5,786
527,510

$

639,054 $
11,453
13,403

$

-
-
-

639,537 $
11,583
-

$

-
-
7,644

639,537
11,583
7,644

As of December 31, 2013

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)

Carrying Value

Other 
Observable 
Inputs (Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3)

T otal Fair 
Value

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Interest-bearing certificates of deposit

 (original maturities greater than 90 days)

Investment securities available-for-sale
Investment securities held-to-maturity
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Loans held-for-sale
Loans

Financial liabilities:

Deposits
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures

$

35,948 $

35,948

$

-

$

-

$

35,948

2,727
96,144
2,132
3,013
7,765
496,307

2,727
-
-
-
-
-

-
94,725
2,158
3,013
7,765
-

-
1,419
-
-
-
473,224

2,727
96,144
2,158
3,013
7,765
473,224

$

607,347 $
10,000
13,403

$

-
-

606,654 $
10,195
-

$

-
-
7,646

606,654
10,195
7,646

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
NOTE 18 – EARNINGS PER SHARE 

The Company’s basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders (net income less 
dividends declared by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period). The Company’s diluted earnings 
per common share is computed similar to basic earnings per common share except that the numerator is equal to net income available to 
common  shareholders  and  the  denominator  is  increased  to  include  the  number  of  additional  common  shares  that  would  have  been 
outstanding  if  dilutive  potential  common  shares  had  been  issued.  Included  in  the  denominator  are  the  dilutive  effects  of  stock options 
computed under the treasury stock method and outstanding warrants as if converted to common stock.  

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share. 

Basic:

Net income (numerator)

Weighted average shares outstanding (denominator)

Basic e arnings pe r share

Diluted:

Net income (numerator)

Weighted average shares outstanding

Effect of dilutive stock options

Weighted average shares outstanding assuming dilution (denominator)

Dilute d e arnings pe r share

Shares subject to outstanding options

Shares subject to outstanding warrants

$

$

$

$

For the Year Ended

December 31, 

2014

2013

2012

4,927 $

3,731

$

4,785

10,256,242

10,121,738

10,121,853

0.48 $

0.37

$

0.47

4,927 $

3,731

$

4,785

10,256,242

10,121,738

10,121,853

91,096

66,150

4,391

10,347,338

10,187,888

10,126,244

0.48 $

0.37

$

0.47

December 31, 
2014

December 31, 
2013

December 31, 
2012

361,545

-

436,495

638,920

532,106

699,642

As  of  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  the  shares  subject  to  outstanding  options  and  for  December  31,  2013,  the  shares  subject  to 
outstanding warrants, included some options that had exercise prices in excess of the current market value.  Those specific shares are not 
included in the table above, as exercise of these options and warrants would not be dilutive to shareholders. 

NOTE 19 – BUSINESS COMBINATION 

On January 28, 2013, the Bank and Sterling Savings Bank, a Washington state-chartered bank (“Sterling”), entered into a Purchase and 
Assumption  Agreement  (the  “Agreement”)  pursuant  to  which  the  Bank  agreed  to  purchase  from  Sterling  three  branches  located  in 
Aberdeen, Washington; Astoria, Oregon; and Seaside, Oregon; including certain deposit liabilities, loans and other assets and liabilities 
associated with such branch locations.  The actual amount of loans and deposits, the value of other assets and liabilities transferred to the 
Bank and the actual price paid were determined at the time of the closing of the transaction on June 1, 2013, in accordance with the terms 
of the Agreement.  The purchase price was $976 and exceeded the estimated fair value of tangible net assets acquired by approximately 
$1,127, which was recorded as goodwill and intangible assets. 

Cash flow information relative to the agreement is as follows (in thousands): 

Fair value of tangible net assets acquired 
Cash paid for deposit premium 
Liabilities assumed 

Goodwill and intangible assets recorded 

$37,533 
(976) 
(37,684) 

$1,127 

The  primary  purposes  of  the  acquisition  are  to  expand  the  Company’s  market  share  in  the  northern  Oregon  coast,  to  provide  existing 
customers  with  added  convenience  and  service,  and  to  provide  our  new  customers  with  the  opportunity  to  enjoy  the  outstanding 
personalized service and commitment of our community-based bank.   

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
Fair value adjustments and related goodwill were recorded in the statement of financial condition of the Company.  The following is a 
condensed  balance  sheet  disclosing  the  estimated  fair  value  amounts  of  the  acquired  branches  of  Sterling  assigned  to  the  major 
consolidated asset and liability captions at the acquisition date (in thousands):  

Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 
Premises and equipment 
Goodwill and intangible assets 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Deposits and accrued interest payable 
Deferred tax liability 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$31,941 
3,989 
604 
1,127 
23 

$37,684 

$37,636 
47 
1 

$37,684 

The  core  deposit  intangible  asset  that  was  recognized  as  part  of  the  business  combination  was  $242  and  will  be  amortized  over  its 
estimated useful life of approximately ten years utilizing an accelerated method. The goodwill of $885 will not be amortized for financial 
statement purposes; instead, it will be reviewed annually for impairment. 

The fair value of savings and transaction deposit accounts acquired from Sterling was assumed to approximate the carrying value as these 
accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand.  Certificates of deposit were valued by comparing the contractual cost of the 
portfolio to an identical portfolio bearing current market rates.  The projected cash flows from maturing certificates were calculated based 
on contractual rates.  The fair value of certificates of deposit was calculated by discounting their contractual cash flows at a market rate 
for a certificate of deposit with a corresponding maturity. 

Direct costs related to the Sterling acquisition were expensed as incurred in the year ended December 31, 2013.  These acquisition and 
integration expenses included salaries and benefits, technology and communications, occupancy and equipment, professional services and 
other noninterest expenses.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred $615 of expenses related to acquisition costs. 

The  following  table  presents  an  unaudited  pro  forma  balance  sheet  of  the  Company  as  if  the  acquisition  of  the  Sterling  branches  had 
occurred on December 31, 2012.  The pro forma balance sheet does not necessarily reflect the combined balance sheet that resulted as of 
the closing of the branch acquisition of the Sterling branches. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities 
Loans receivable, net 
Premises and equipment 
Goodwill and intangible assets 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Deposits and accrued interest payable 
Borrowings 
Other liabilities 
Equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$ 91,781 
68,043 
455,777 
15,197 
13,677 
36,803 

$681,278 

$586,092 
23,903 
4,562 
66,721 

$681,278 

The  following  table  presents  the  unaudited  pro  forma  results  of  operations  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2012  as  if  the 
acquisition  of the  Sterling  branches  had  occurred on  January  1, 2012.   This  pro forma  information  gives  effect  to  certain  adjustments, 
including  purchase  accounting  fair  value  adjustments  and  amortization  of  the  core  deposit  intangible  asset.    Significant  assumptions 
utilized  include  the  acquisition  cost  noted  above,  accretion  of  interest  rate  fair  value  adjustment,  amortization  of  the  core  deposit 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
intangible asset and a 21% effective tax rate.  The pro forma information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would 
have  occurred  had  the  Company  purchased  and  assumed  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Sterling  branches  at  January  1,  2012.    Cost 
savings are also not reflected in the unaudited pro forma amounts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. 

Net interest income 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 
Net income 

Pro forma earnings per share 
     Basic 
     Diluted 

$25,357 
9,776 
30,131 
1,072 
$3,930 

$0.39 
$0.39 

Operations of the branches acquired have been included in the consolidated financial statements since June 1, 2013.  The Company does 
not  consider  these  branches  a  separate  reporting  unit  and  does  not  track  the  amount  of  revenue  and  net  income  attributable  to  these 
branches  since  the  acquisition,  two  of  which  were  subsequently  consolidated  into  existing  operations.    As  such,  it  is  impracticable  to 
determine such amounts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 or 2013 for both the balance sheet and income statement. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20 – CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION-PARENT COMPANY ONLY 

PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION-PARENT  COMPANY ONLY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDAT ED BALANCE SHEET S
(Dollars in T housands)

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents:
Investment in bank
Other assets

TO TAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Junior subordinated debentures

Dividends payable
Other liabilities

T otal liabilities

SHAREHO LDERS' EQ UITY

Shareholders' equity

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHO LDERS' EQ UITY

$

$

$

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

2,585
84,864
655

88,104

$

13,403

$

2,178
40
15,621

2,483
79,701
432

82,616

13,403

2,036
40
15,479

72,483

67,137

TO TAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHO LDERS' EQ UITY

$

88,104

$

82,616

PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION-PARENT  COMPANY ONLY

CONSOLIDAT ED ST AT EMENT S OF INCOME

(Dollars in T housands)

For the Year Ended

December 31,

December 31,

December 31,

2014

2013

2012

INCO ME

Dividend income from the bank

$

1,678 $

2,400 $

Other income

T otal interest and dividend income

EXPENSES

INCO ME BEFO RE PRO VISIO N FO R INCO ME TAXES

INCO ME TAX BENEFIT

INCO ME BEFO RE EQ UITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED

INCO ME O F THE BANK

EQ UITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED INC O ME O F THE BANK

7

1,685

902

783

215

998

3,929

7

2,407

608

1,799

124

1,923

1,808

NET INC O ME

$

4,927 $

3,731 $

3,500

10

3,510

517

2,993

101

3,094

1,691

4,785

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION-PARENT  COMPANY ONLY

CONSOLIDAT ED ST AT EMENT S OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in T housands)

For the Year Ended

December 31,

December 31,

December 31,

2014

2013

2012

NET INC O ME

O THER CO MPREHENSIVE INCO ME (LO SS), NET O F TAX:

Change in fair value of securities available-for-sale

Defined benefit plan

T otal other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

CO MPREHENSIVE INCO ME

$

$

4,927

$

3,731

$

4,785

1,269

(35)

1,234

(1,875)

85

(1,790)

536

130

666

6,161

$

1,941

$

5,451

PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORAT ION AND SUBSIDIARY-PARENT  COMPANY ONLY
CONSOLIDAT ED ST AT EMENT S OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in T housands)

December 31,
2014

For the Year Ended
December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

4,927

$

3,731

$

4,785

(3,929)
(223)
-

-

775

-
1,366
(3)
(2,036)

(673)

102
2,483
2,585

(1,808)
(29)
(96)

117

1,915

394
-
-
-

394

2,309
173
2,483

$

$

(1,691)
35
(1,312)

24

1,841

-
-
-
(2,024)

(2,024)

(183)
356
173

CASH FLO WS FRO M O PERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities

$

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
Net change in other assets
Net change in other liabilities

Other -- net 

Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH FLO WS FRO M FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Common stock issued
Warrants exercised
Repurchase of stock (RSU)
Dividends paid

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH
CASH - BEGINNING O F THE PERIO D
CASH - END O F THE PERIO D

$

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    
                    
                    
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
Year Ended De ce mbe r 31, 2014

Interest income

Interest expense

Ne t interest income

Provision for credit losses

Non-interest income

Non-interest expense

Income be fore income  taxes

Income taxes

Ne t income

Earnings per common share

Basic

Diluted

Year Ended De ce mbe r 31, 2013

Interest income

Interest expense

Ne t interest income

Recapture of credit losses

Non-interest income

Non-interest expense

Income be fore income  taxes

Income taxes

Ne t income

Earnings per common share

Basic

Diluted

Year Ended De ce mbe r 31, 2012

Interest income

Interest expense

Ne t interest income

Provision for (recapture of) credit losses

Non-interest income

Non-interest expense

Income be fore income  taxes

Income taxes

Ne t income

Earnings per common share

Basic

Diluted

QUART ERLY DAT A (UNAUDIT ED)

(Dollars in T housands, Except per Share Data)

First Quarter

Second Quarter

T hird Quarter

Fourth Quarter

7,336

536

6,800

100

2,021

7,127

1,594

473

1,121

0.11

0.11

6,814

563

6,251

-

1,922

7,122

1,051

262

789

0.08

0.08

6,673

764

5,909

(1,500)

2,691

7,838

2,262

583

1,679

0.16

0.16

$

7,085 $

7,337 $

7,400 $

530

6,555

-

1,608

6,830

1,333

305

541

6,796

100

2,176

7,066

1,806

403

518

6,882

100

2,274

7,133

1,923

549

1,028 $

1,403 $

1,374 $

0.10 $

0.10 $

0.14 $

0.14 $

0.13 $

0.13 $

6,271 $

6,600 $

6,605 $

689

5,582

-

2,626

7,419

789

88

648

5,952

(450)

3,175

7,872

1,705

373

590

6,015

-

2,232

7,089

1,158

249

701 $

1,332 $

909 $

0.07 $

0.07 $

0.13 $

0.13 $

0.09 $

0.09 $

7,034 $

7,037 $

6,751 $

984

6,050

100

1,848

6,599

1,199

181

907

6,130

300

2,409

6,910

1,329

256

829

5,922

-

2,443

7,070

1,295

280

1,018 $

1,073 $

1,015 $

0.10 $

0.10 $

0.11 $

0.11 $

0.10 $

0.10 $

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
              
               
                
               
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 26th day of March, 2015. 

                                                                                             PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

                             (Registrant) 

                                                                                                  _______________________________________                                                      

                                  Dennis A. Long, President and CEO 

                                  /s/ Dennis A. Long 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated, on the 26th day of March, 2015. 

Principal Executive Officer and Director                                 Principal Financial and Accounting Officer 

/s/ Dennis A. Long 
_______________________________________                    _______________________________________                                                      
Dennis A. Long, President and CEO and Director                  Douglas N. Biddle, Chief Financial Officer 

                                 /s/ Douglas N. Biddle 

Remaining Directors 

/s/ Gary C. Forcum 
_______________________________________                    _______________________________________                                                      
Gary C. Forcum (Chairman of the Board)                                John Van Dijk 

                                  /s/ John Van Dijk 

/s/ Randy W. Rognlin 
_______________________________________                    _______________________________________                                                      
Randy W. Rognlin                                                                    Edwin Ketel 

                                 /s/ Edwin Ketel 

/s/ Randy Rust                                                                           /s/ Dwayne Carter 
_______________________________________                    _______________________________________                                                      
Randy Rust                                                                               Dwayne Carter 

/s/ Douglas M. Schermer                                                          /s/ Susan C. Freese 
_______________________________________                    _______________________________________                                                      
Douglas M. Schermer                                                               Susan C. Freese 

/s/ Denise Portmann 
_______________________________________                    _______________________________________                                                      
Denise Portmann, Secretary 

                                /s/ Dan J. Tupper 

                                Dan J. Tupper 

/s/ Kristi Gundersen 
_______________________________________                     
Kristi Gundersen 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                            
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
                                 
Exhibit Index 

EXHIBIT NO. 

EXHIBIT 

3.1 

3.2 
10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

21 
31.1 
31.2 
32 

Restated Articles of Incorporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated April 23, 2014 (the "April 2014 8-K"). 
Amended and Restated Bylaws. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the April 2014 8-K. 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Dennis A. Long dated December 29, 2008.  Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (“the 
2008 10-K”).* 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Dennis A. Long dated January 11, 2013.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 11, 2013.* 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Bruce D. MacNaughton dated December 29, 2008.  Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 2008 10-K.* 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Bruce D. MacNaughton dated January 11, 
2013.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 11, 2013.* 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Denise Portmann dated December 29, 2008.  Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 2008 10-K.* 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Denise J. Portmann dated January 11, 2013.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 11, 2013.* 
Employment Agreement with Douglas N. Biddle dated February 10, 2014.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 2014. 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective January 1, 2007.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 13, 2008 (the March 2008 8-K).* 
Individual Participation Agreement (SERP) dated March 13, 2008, between the Company and Dennis A. Long.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the March 2008 8-K.* 
Individual Participation Agreement (SERP) dated March 13, 2008, between the Company and John Van Dijk.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the March 2008 8-K.* 
Individual Participation Agreement (SERP) dated March 13, 2008, between the Company and Bruce MacNaughton.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the March 2008 
8-K.* 
Individual Participation Agreement (SERP) dated March 13, 2008, between the Company and Denise Portmann.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the March 2008 8-K.* 
Pacific Financial Corporation Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, approved March 9, 2011.  Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2011.* 
Pacific Financial Corporation Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013  
Forms of nonqualified option, incentive option and restricted unit award statements for use under the 2011 Plan.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2013.* 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 

* Listed document is a management contract, compensation plan or arrangement. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 21 

SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES

The following is a list of registrant's subsidiaries at March 26, 2015.

Name of Organization
Bank of the Pacific
PFC Statutory Trust I
PFC Statutory Trust II
Coastal Holdings LLC
Coastal Holdings One LLC
Coastal Holdings Two LLC
Opportunity Holdings LLC

State of Incorporation or Organization
Washington
Connecticut
Delaware
Washington
Oregon
Oregon
Washington

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                    Exhibit 31.1  

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
UNDER RULE 13a-14(a) 

I, Dennis A. Long, certify that: 

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pacific Financial Corporation; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 

material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
signed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles;   

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report  based on such evaluation; and 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most-recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial 
reporting. 

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 

over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 26, 2015 

/s/ Dennis A. Long 

                          Dennis A. Long, President and Chief Executive Officer 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
UNDER RULE 13a-14(a) 

I, Douglas N. Biddle, certify that: 

1. 

 I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pacific Financial Corporation; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 

material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have: 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
signed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles;   

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report  based on such evaluation; and 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most-recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial 
reporting. 

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 

over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 26, 2015 

/s/ Douglas N. Biddle 

Douglas N. Biddle, Chief Financial Officer 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                         Exhibit 32 

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER 18 U.S.C. § 1350 

The undersigned certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the 
preceding Annual Report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, and the information contained therein fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of 
Pacific Financial Corporation. 

/s/ Dennis A. Long                                                               /s/ Douglas N. Biddle   

Dennis A. Long,   
President and                                                                        Executive Vice President and 
Chief Executive Officer                                                       Chief Financial Officer  
March 26, 2015                                                                    March 26, 2015 

       Douglas N. Biddle, 

100 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GENERAL CORPORATE AND SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

Administrative Headquarters 
1101 S. Boone Street 
Aberdeen, WA  98520 
(360) 533-8870 

Independent Accountants 
BDO USA, LLP 
Spokane, Washington 

Transfer Agent and Registrar 
Computershare 
P.O. BOX 30170 
College Station, TX 77842-3170 
Telephone: 1-877-870-2422 
Outside the US: 201-680-6578 
Hearing Impaired:  800-952-9245 
                    www.computershare.com/investor 

Shareholder Services 
Computershare, our transfer agent, maintains the records for our registered shareholders and can help you with 
a variety of shareholder related services at no charge including: 

Change of name or address                                             Lost stock certificates             
Consolidation of accounts                                               Transfer of stock to another person 
Duplicate mailings                                                          Additional administrative services 

As a Pacific Financial Corporation shareholder, you are invited to take advantage of our convenient 
shareholder services or request more information about Pacific Financial Corporation. Access your account 
directly through Investor Center at www.computershare.com/investor. 

Annual Meeting 
The annual meeting of shareholders will be held on April 29, 2015 at 7 p.m. at 1101 S. Boone Street, 
Aberdeen, WA  98520. 

Form 10-K 
Our report on Form 10-K, including the financial statements and financial statement schedules, is 
available without charge to shareholders or beneficial owners of our common stock upon written 
request to Sandra Clark, Asst. Corporate Secretary, Pacific Financial Corporation, P.O. Box 1826, 
Aberdeen, Washington 98520. 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Gary C. Forcum, Chairman 
Private Investor 

Douglas M. Schermer  
Owner  
Schermer Construction Inc. 

Denise Portmann 
President & CEO 
Bank of the Pacific 

Randy W. Rognlin, Vice Chairman 
Co-Owner 
Rognlins, Inc.   

Randy J. Rust   
Private Investor 

Kristi Gundersen 
Partner & CFO 
Knutz  en Farms, LP

OFFICERS 

Dennis A. Long 
President & CEO 
Pacific Financial Corporation  

Denise J. Portmann  
Corporate Secretary 
President & CEO, Bank of the Pacific 

Susan C. Freese 
Pharmacist 

Dwayne M. Carter 
President 
Brooks Manufacturing Co. 

Edwin W. Ketel 
Owner 
Oceanside Animal Clinic 

Dennis A. Long 
President & CEO 
Pacific Financial Corporation 

John Van Dijk  
Retired President & COO 
Bank of the Pacific 

Dan Tupper
Vice President & General Manager
Crown Distributing Co. of Aberdeen, Inc.

SUBSIDIARIES 

Bank of the Pacific 
300 E. Market Street 
Aberdeen, WA  98520 
360-533-8870 
www.bankofthepacific.com 

Bruce MacNaughton    
Vice President 
Executive Vice President & CCO, Bank of the Pacific 

Douglas N. Biddle 
Chief Financial Officer 
Executive Vice President & CFO, Bank of the Pacific 

This annual report is furnished upon request to customers of Bank of the Pacific pursuant to the 
requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to provide an annual disclosure 
statement.  This statement has not been reviewed or confirmed for accuracy or relevance by the FDIC. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
       
                            
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[This page intentionally left blank.] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pacific Financial Corporation
1101 S. Boone Street
Aberdeen, WA 98520
360.533.8873
BankofthePacific.com

Cover photo of  
Mt. Hood in Oregon